[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2001032632A2 - Pharmaceutically active 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives - Google Patents

Pharmaceutically active 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001032632A2
WO2001032632A2 PCT/US2000/026261 US0026261W WO0132632A2 WO 2001032632 A2 WO2001032632 A2 WO 2001032632A2 US 0026261 W US0026261 W US 0026261W WO 0132632 A2 WO0132632 A2 WO 0132632A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
mmol
phenyl
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2000/026261
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2001032632A3 (en
Inventor
Samantha Jayne Ambler
Stephen Richard Baker
Barry Peter Clark
Darrell Stephen Coleman
Robert James Foglesong
John Goldsworthy
Gunnar Erik Junior Jagdmann
Kirk Willis Johnson
Ann Elizabeth Kingston
William Martin Owton
Darryle Darwin Schoepp
Jian Eric Hong
Jeffrey Michael Schkeryantz
Michael Scott Vannieuwenhze
Mohammad Sadegh Zia-Ebrahimi
Original Assignee
Eli Lilly And Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Eli Lilly And Company filed Critical Eli Lilly And Company
Priority to AU10713/01A priority Critical patent/AU1071301A/en
Priority to EP00971987A priority patent/EP1230225A2/en
Publication of WO2001032632A2 publication Critical patent/WO2001032632A2/en
Publication of WO2001032632A3 publication Critical patent/WO2001032632A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/47One nitrogen atom and one oxygen or sulfur atom, e.g. cytosine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/86Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
    • C07D239/94Nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/70Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D239/72Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
    • C07D239/95Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 4
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compounds. More particularly it relates to the use of certain 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives as mGluRl antagonists, to novel 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives, to pharmaceutical formulations comprising 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives, to a process for preparing 4- substituted pyrimidine derivatives and to intermediates useful in the preparation of 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives .
  • EAA receptors excitatory amino acid receptors
  • Excitatory amino acid receptors are classified into two general types. Receptors that are directly coupled to the opening of cation channels in the cell membrane of the neurons are termed " ionotropic" . This type of receptor has been subdivided into at least three subtypes, which are defined by the depolarizing actions of the selective agonists N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) , ⁇ -amino-3-hydroxy-5- methylisoxazole-4-propionic acid (AMPA) , and kainic acid (KA) .
  • NMDA N-methyl-D-aspartate
  • AMPA ⁇ -amino-3-hydroxy-5- methylisoxazole-4-propionic acid
  • KA kainic acid
  • the second general type of receptor is the G-protein or second messenger-linked "metabotropic" excitatory amino acid receptor.
  • This second type is coupled to multiple second messenger systems that lead to enhanced phosphoinositide hydrolysis, activation of phospholipase D or C, increases or decreases in c-AMP formation, and changes in ion channel function. Schoepp and Conn, Trends in
  • mGluRl metabotropic glutamate receptor
  • the metabotropic glutamate receptors are a highly heterogeneous family of glutamate receptors that are linked to multiple second-messenger pathways. These receptors function to modulate the presynaptic release of glutamate, and the postsynaptic sensitivity of the neuronal cell to glutamate excitation.
  • Compounds which modulate the function of these receptors in particular agonists and antagonists of glutamate, are useful for the treatment of acute and chronic neurodegenerative conditions, and as antiischaemic, antipsychotic, anticonvulsant , analgesic, anxiolytic, antidepressant , and anti-emetic agents.
  • X 1 represents 0 or NH
  • L represents a bond or a (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by 0, S, SO, S0 2 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy, (l-4C)alkoxy or oxo;
  • R 1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group or a group of formula X 2 -R 5 in which X 2 represents a bond, 0, S, SO, S0 2 or NH and R 5 represents (1- 8C) alkyl, (3-10C) cycloalkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl, hydroxy (1- 6C)alkyl, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) lkyl, (1- 4C) alkanoyl ( 1-4C) alkyl , ( 1-4C ) alkanoyloxy ( 1-4C) alkyl , carboxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylaminocarbonyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1- 4C)alkanoylamino(l-4C) alkyl, (
  • X 1 represents 0 or NH
  • L represents a bond or a (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by 0, S, SO, S0 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy,
  • R 1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a SCH 2 CN, or a group of formula X 2 -R 5 in which X 2 represents a bond, 0, S, SO, S0 2 or NH and R 5 represents (1-8C) alkyl, (3-10C) cycloalkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl, hydroxy (1-6C) alkyl, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-
  • the present invention provides a method of antagonizing the action of glutamate at mGluRl receptors in a patient requiring such treatment, which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined herein.
  • the term --effective amount refers to the amount of a compound of formula I which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to a patient, in treating the patient suffering from the named disorder.
  • the particular effective amount or dose of compound administered according to this invention will of course be determined by the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including the compound administered, the route of administration, the particular condition being treated, and similar considerations.
  • the compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal, transder al , subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intranasal routes. Alternatively, the compound may be administered by continuous infusion.
  • a typical daily dose will contain from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg of the active compound of this invention.
  • daily doses will be about 0.05 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, more preferably from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg.
  • the formula I compounds of the present invention are believed, through their action as mGluRl antagonists, to have the ability to treat a variety of neurological disorders in mammals associated with this condition, including acute neurological disorders such as cerebral deficits subsequent to cardiac bypass surgery and grafting, stroke, cerebral ischemia, spinal cord lesions due to trauma or infarction/ischaemia or inflammation, head trauma, perinatal hypoxia, cardiac arrest, and hypoglycemic neuronal damage, and chronic neurological disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's Chorea, inherited ataxias, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, AIDS-induced dementia, ocular damage and retinopathy, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's Disease, drug- induced Parkinsonism and essential tremor.
  • the present invention also provides methods for treating these disorders which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the formula I compounds of the present invention are also believed, through their action as mGluRl antagonists, to have the ability to treat a variety of other neurological disorders in mammals that are associated with glutamate dysfunction, including muscular spasms, convulsions (such as epilepsy) , spasticity, migraine (including menstrual migraine) , urinary incontinence, psychosis, (such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder) , post traumatic stress disorder, depression, drug tolerance and withdrawal (such as alcohol, nicotine, opiates and benzodiazepines) , drug intoxication, metabolic derangement, anxiety and related disorders, emesis, brain edema, tardive dyskinesia and pain.
  • muscular spasms such as epilepsy
  • spasticity migraine (including menstrual migraine)
  • urinary incontinence such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder
  • psychosis such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder
  • post traumatic stress disorder depression
  • drug tolerance and withdrawal such as alcohol, nicotine, opiates and benzodiazepines
  • the present invention also provides methods for treating these disorders which comprise administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the forms of pain that may be treated in accordance with the present invention include those arising as a result of central sensitization or peripheral sensitization of pain transmitting pathways .
  • pain include postoperative pain; dental pain; menstrual pain; migraine pain; persistent headaches, such as cluster headache or chronic tension headache; persistent pain states such as fibromyalgia or myofascial pains; neuropathic pain such as painful diabetic neuropathy; trigeminal neuralgia; postherpetic neuralgia; back pain; cancer pain; arthritic pain such as pain due to osteoarthritis or rheumatoid arthritis; bursitis; pain associated with AIDS; visceral pain, such as interstitial cystitis and IBS; pain due to spinal trauma and/or degeneration; post-stroke pain; burn pain; pain associated with muscle, nerve, skin, joint or bone; conditions such as allodynia; hyperalgesia; hypersensitization to pain signals; referred pain; enhanced memory of pain and neuronal mechanisms involved in coping with pain.
  • treating includes prophylaxis of a named condition, and amelioration or elimination of a named condition once the condition has been established.
  • patient for purposes of the present invention is defined as any warm blooded animal such as, but not limited to, a mouse, guinea pig, dog, horse, or human. Preferably, the patient is human.
  • alkyl as used herein means a straight chain or branched alkyl group.
  • values for a (1-8C) alkyl group include (1-6C) alkyl and (1-4C) alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and isobutyl .
  • (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by O, S, SO, S0 2 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy, (1-4C) alkoxy or oxo refers to a straight chain or branched divalent group in which one, two or more groups in the chain may be replaced by 0, S, SO, S0 2 or NH and in which one or two chain carbon atoms may bear fluoro, hydroxy, (1-4C) alkoxy or oxo.
  • (1-6C) alkylene includes a group of formula C m H 2m - (X 3 ) q - C n H 2n in which X 3 is O, S, SO, S0 2 , NH, CHF, CF 2 , CHOH, CH(0(l-4C)alkyl) or CO, q is 0 or 1, and each of m and n is 0 or an integer of from 1 to 4, provided that when q is 1 and X 3 is 0, S, SO, S0 2 or NH, m is at least 2. Examples of particular values include ethylene, propylene, butylene, methylthioethylene, and methylsulphonylethylene.
  • halo (1-6C) alkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by a halogen atom or atoms.
  • Examples of a halo (1-6C) alkyl group are trifluoromethyl and fluoroethyl.
  • (1-4C) alkoxy refers to an alkoxy radical made up of an oxygen radical bearing a saturated straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical of one to four carbon atoms. Included within the scope of this term are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy and the like.
  • halogen atom refers to a fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atom.
  • unsubstituted or substituted for example in the term unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group or ring, refers to a group that is unsubstituted or substituted by one, two or more substituents, said substituents being selected from atoms and groups which, when present in the compound of formula I, do not prevent the compound of formula I from functioning as a antagonist of mGluRl receptor subtype function.
  • Examples of atoms and groups which may be present in a substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group or ring are oxo, methylenedioxy, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, or a group of formula -X-R in which X represents 0, S, SO, S0 , NR Z , CO, COO, OCO, CONH, NHCO, S0 2 NH, or NHS0 2 and R represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-8C) alkyl group, a (3- 10C) cycloalkyl group, a morpholino group, a phenyl group, a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group or a phenyl (2-4C) alkenyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a hal
  • Examples of particular values include chlorine, bromine, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, 2-methyl-3-prop-2-enoyl, morpholinocarbonyl , cyclohexylaminocarbonyl , adamantylaminocarbonyl , benzylaminocarbonyl , and benzyloxycarbonyl .
  • carbocyclic group includes an aromatic group, a non-aromatic group or a non-aromatic group fused with an aromatic group.
  • aromatic group includes phenyl and a polycyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring such as 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl .
  • a carbocyclic group that is a non-aromatic group may be, for example a (3-10C) cycloalkyl group or a (3- 10C) cycloalkenyl group.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Examples of particular values include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-yl, bicyclo [3.1. l]hept-2-yl and adamantyl.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Examples of particular values include bicyclo[2.2. l]hept-2-ene-4-yl .
  • a carbocyclic group that is a non-aromatic group fused with an aromatic group may be, for example, a (3- 10C) cycloalkyl group fused with a benzene ring, such as 2,3- dihydro-lH-indenyl or 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl .
  • Examples of particular values for a carbocyclic group are phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.
  • heterocyclic group includes a non-aromatic group and a heteroaromatic group.
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic group includes a saturated or partially unsaturated 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, and a bicyclic group consisting of a saturated or partially unsaturated 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen fused with a benzene ring.
  • An example of a non-aromatic heterocyclic group is 1,3-dihydro- 2H-isoindol-2-yl.
  • heteroaromatic group includes an aromatic 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, and a bicyclic group consisting of a 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen fused with a benzene ring or a 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
  • heteroaromatic groups are furyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazoyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl , benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzo- thiazolyl and indolyl .
  • Examples of particular values for an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group are phenyl, 2- chlorophenyl , 2 , 6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4- methoxyphenyl , bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl, (1R, 2R, 3R, 5S) -2 , 6, 6- trimethylbicyclo [3.1. l]hept-2-yl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-l-yl and 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl .
  • X 1 preferably represents NH.
  • L preferably represents a bond or a group of formula C m H 2m -(X 3 ) q -C n H 2n in which X 3 is 0, S, SO, S0 2 , NH, CF 2 , CHOH, CH(0(1-4C) alkyl) or CO, q is 0 or 1, and each of m and n is 0 or an integer of from 1 to 4 , provided that when q is 1 and X 3 is 0, S, SO, S0 2 or NH, m is at least 2.
  • X 3 is S or S0 2 , q is 0 or 1
  • m is 2 and n is 0, 1 or 2.
  • L examples of particular values for L are a bond, -(CH 2 ) 2 -, -(CH 2 ) 3 -, -(CH 2 ) -, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, - (CH 2 ) 2 SCH 2 - , -(CH 2 ) 2 )S0 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 OCH 2 -, -CH 2 CHF-, -CH 2 CF 2 -,
  • R 1 preferably represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic group in which the carbocyclic group is selected from an aromatic group, a non-aromatic group and a non-aromatic group fused with an aromatic group.
  • the carbocyclic group is preferably selected from phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group; (3- 10C) cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by from one to three methyl groups; 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-indenyl ; and 1, 2, 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl .
  • R 1 examples of particular values for R 1 are phenyl, 2- chlorophenyl, 3-bromophenyl , 2 , 6-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-4- fluorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4- methoxyphenyl , 4-phenylphenyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, (1R, 2R, 3R, 5S) -2 , 6 , 6- trimethylbicyclo [3.1.1] hept-2-yl, adamantyl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH- inden-1-yl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl and 1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphth-1-yl .
  • R 2 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a cyano group, or a (1-8C) alkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl, ( 1-6C) alkoxy, hydroxy (1-6C) alkoxy, (1- 6C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl, (1-4C) alkylamino, halo(l- 4C)alkylthio, hydroxy (1-4C) alkylthio, dihydroxy(l- 4C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkanoyl (1- 4C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkoxycarbonyl (1-4C) alkylthio, carboxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkylaminocarbonyl (1- 4C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkanoylamino (1-4
  • R 2 examples of particular values for R 2 are hydrogen, chlorine, carboxy, cyano, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, trifluoromethyl, ethoxy, 2-hydroxyethyl, ethylamino, 2-fluoroethylthio, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isobutylthio, 2-hydroxyethylthio, 2- hydroxypropylthio, 2 , 3-dihydroxypropylthio, 2- methoxyethy1thio, ethanoylmethylthio, 2-methoxycarbonyl- methylthio, 2-carboxymethylthio 2-methylaminosulfonyl) - ethylthio and 2-dimethylaminophosphonyl) ethylthio .
  • R 3 and R 4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring of formula:
  • Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , Z 8 , Z 9 and Z 10 are each selected independently from 0, NR 41 , S, SO and S0 2 ;
  • ,11 represents 0, S, CH 2 or CH 2 CH 2 ;
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, or a group of formula -X-R 51 in which X 4 represents 0, S, SO, S0 2 , NR 52 , CO, COO, 0C0, C0NH, NHCO, S0 2 NH, or NHS0 2 and R 51 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a phenyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
  • R 23 , R 24 , R 25 , R 26 , R 27 , R 28 , R 29 , R 30 , R 31 , R 32 , R 36 , R 37 and R 38 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an oxo group, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, (1-4C) alkoxy, a halo(l- 4C) alkyl group, an aryl (1-4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkoxy (1- 4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkylthio group, a (1-
  • R 33 , R 34 and R 35 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
  • R 41 represents a (1-6C) alkyl group or a group of formula Y-R a in which Y represents CO, COO or CONH and R a represents (1- 4C) alkyl, phenyl (1-4C) alkyl, phenyl (2-4C) alkenyl, (3- 10C) cycloalkyl, or, when Y is CO, morpholino; and R 52 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group.
  • R 51 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a phenyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group; and R 52 represents a hydrogen atom, a (l-4C)alkyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group; or R 51 and R 52 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form rings of the following structures:
  • Examples of groups of compounds of formula I of particular interest include compounds of formula
  • R 21 and R 22 are a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a methyl group and a methoxy group.
  • An example of a value for each of R 23 and R 24 is hydrogen. Another example of a value for R 23 is oxo.
  • R 41 examples of values for R 41 are methyl, benzyl, 2- methyl-3-prop-2-enoyl , cyclopentylcarbonyl , cyclohexycarbonyl , morpholinocarbonyl , cyclohexylaminocarbonyl , adamantylaminocarbonyl and benzylaminocarbonyl , benzyloxycarbonyl .
  • R 26 An example of a value for R 26 is hydrogen.
  • R 29 is hydrogen.
  • values for R 34 are hydrogen, chlorine, methyl and ethyl .
  • R 36 An example of a value for R 36 is hydrogen.
  • R 37 An example of a value for R 37 is hydrogen.
  • R 38 An example of a value for R 38 is hydrogen.
  • the present invention includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the formula I compounds. These salts can exist in conjunction with the acidic or basic portion of the molecule and can exist as acid addition, primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary ammonium, alkali metal, or alkaline earth metal salts.
  • the acid addition salts are prepared by the reaction of an acid with a compound of formula I.
  • the alkali metal and alkaline earth metal salts are generally prepared by the reaction of the hydroxide form of the desired metal salt with a compound of formula I .
  • Acids commonly employed to form such salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid, as well as organic acids such as para-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, oxalic, para-bromophenylsulfonic, carbonic, succinic, citric, benzoic, and acetic acid, and related inorganic and organic acids.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid
  • organic acids such as para-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, oxalic, para-bromophenylsulfonic, carbonic, succinic, citric, benzoic, and acetic acid, and related inorganic and organic acids.
  • Such pharmaceutically acceptable salts thus include sulfate, pyrosulfate, bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, phosphate, ammonium, monohydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, .meta-phosphate, pyrophosphate, chloride, bromide, iodide, acetate, propionate, decanoate, caprylate, acrylate, formate, isobutyrate, caprate, heptanoate, propiolate, oxalate, malonate, succinate, suberate, sebacate, fumarate, hippurate, butyne-1, 4-dioate, hexane-1, 6-dioate, benzoate, chlorobenzoate, methylbenzoate, dinitrobenzoate, hydroxybenzoate, methoxybenzoate, phthalate, sulfonate, xylenesulfonate, phenylacetate, phenylpropionate,
  • any salt of this invention is usually not of a critical nature, so long as the salt as a whole is pharmacologically acceptable and as long as the counterion does not contribute undesired qualities to the salt as a whole. It is further understood that the above salts may form hydrates or exist in a substantially anhydrous form.
  • the term "stereoisomer” refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures which are not interchangeable. The three-dimensional structures are called configurations.
  • the term “enantiomer” refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposable mirror images of one another.
  • chiral center refers to a carbon atom to which four different groups are attached.
  • diastereomers refers to stereoisomers which are not enantiomers .
  • two diastereomers which have a different configuration at only one chiral center are referred to herein as “epimers”.
  • racemate refers to a mixture of equal parts of enantiomers .
  • enantiomeric enrichment refers to the increase in the amount of one enantiomer as compared to the other.
  • E 1 is the amount of the first enantiomer and E 2 is the amount of the second enantiomer.
  • the initial ratio of the two enantiomers is 50:50, such as is present in a racemic mixture, and an enantiomeric enrichment sufficient to produce a final ratio of 70:30 is achieved
  • the ee with respect to the first enantiomer is 40%.
  • the final ratio is 90:10
  • the ee with respect to the first enantiomer is 80%.
  • An ee of greater than 90% is preferred, an ee of greater than 95% is most preferred and an ee of greater than 99% is most especially preferred.
  • Enantiomeric enrichment is readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using standard techniques and procedures, such as gas or high performance liquid chromatography with a chiral column. Choice of the appropriate chiral column, eluent and conditions necessary to effect separation of the enantiomeric pair is well within the knowledge of one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the specific stereoisomers and enantiomers of compounds of formula I can be prepared by one of ordinary skill in the art utilizing well known techniques and processes, such as those disclosed by J. Jacques, et al . , “Enantiomers, Racemates, and Resolutions” , John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1981, and E.L. Eliel and S.H. Wilen, "
  • R and S are used herein as commonly used in organic chemistry to denote specific configuration of a chiral center.
  • the term “R” (rectus) refers to that configuration of a chiral center with a clockwise relationship of group priorities (highest to second lowest) when viewed along the bond toward the lowest priority group.
  • the term “S” (sinister) refers to that configuration of a chiral center with a counterclockwise relationship of group priorities (highest to second lowest) when viewed along the bond toward the lowest priority group.
  • the priority of groups is based upon their atomic number (in order of decreasing atomic number) .
  • a partial list of priorities and a discussion of stereochemistry is contained in "Nomenclature of Organic Compounds: Principles and Practice", (J.H. Fletcher, et al . , eds., 1974) at pages 103- 120.
  • the compounds of formula I may be prepared by a process which comprises (a) reacting a compound of formula
  • Z 2 represents a leaving atom or group with a compound of formula
  • the leaving atom or group represented by Z 1 may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom.
  • the reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of a base, for example an alkali metal carbonate, such as potassium carbonate or a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine, or poly (4- vinylpyridine) .
  • a base for example an alkali metal carbonate, such as potassium carbonate or a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine, or poly (4- vinylpyridine) .
  • the reaction is conveniently conducted at a temperature in the range of from 0 to 120 2 C.
  • Convenient solvents include alcohols, such as ethanol and amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidinone .
  • the leaving atom or group represented by Z 2 may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom or an organosulfonyl group such as methanesulfonyl .
  • the reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of a base, for example an alkali metal alkoxide such as potassium t-butoxide.
  • a base salt of the compound of formula V may be used, for example an alkali metal salt such as a sodium or potassium salt.
  • the reaction is conveniently conducted at a temperature in the range of from 0 to 100 9 C.
  • Convenient solvents include amides such as N, N-dimethy1formamide .
  • the rearrangement according to process step (c) is conveniently effected in the presence of an anionic ion exchange resin, such as 550A-OH and at a temperature of from 0 to 120 2 C.
  • anionic ion exchange resin such as 550A-OH
  • Convenient solvents include mixtures of dimethylformamide and alcohols, such as isopropanol.
  • compositions of formula I may be prepared by conventional methods, for example by reaction with an appropriate acid of base.
  • reaction is conveniently performed at a temperature in the range of from 20 to 150 S C.
  • XXII The reaction is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature, for example in the range of from 100 to 220 2 C.
  • compounds of formula XX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXI with a compound of formula
  • R 2 C( NH)NH 2 XXVII or an acid addition salt thereof, such as a hydrochloride or hydrobromide .
  • Convenient solvents include alcohols, such as ethanol . The reaction is conveniently performed at a temperature of from 0 to 100 S C.
  • Convenient solvents include alcohols, such as ethanol .
  • the temperature is conveniently in the range of from 0 to 100 9 C.
  • Compounds of formula XXIX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula
  • reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of a cationic ion exchange resin, such as 50wx8-100, and at a temperature in the range of from 0 to 120 9 C.
  • a cationic ion exchange resin such as 50wx8-100
  • the present invention provides the novel compounds of formula I disclosed herein and the novel intermediates disclosed herein.
  • the present invention also provides a process for preparing a novel compound of formula I as described hereinabove .
  • the biological activity of the compounds of the present invention may be evaluated by employing a phosphoinositide hydrolysis assay or a calcium mobilization assay.
  • a phosphoinositide hydrolysis assay or a calcium mobilization assay.
  • metalabotropic glutamate receptors are G- protein, or secondary messenger-linked, receptors. As such, these receptors are linked to multiple second messenger systems which enhance phosphoinositide hydrolysis, activation of phospholipase D, increases or decreases in c- AMP formation, and changes in ion channel function. Schoepp and Conn, Trends in Pharmacol . Sci . , 14, 13 (1993).
  • a general description of the phosphoinositide hydrolysis assay is given as follows:
  • mGluRl receptor-expressing cell lines are cultured in DMEM supplemented with 5% heat inactivated fetal calf serum, sodium pyruvate (ImM), glutamine (ImM) , penicillin (lOOU/m ), streptomycin (lOOmg/mL), HEPES (lOmM), geneticin G418 (0.5mg/mL) and hygromycin B (0.2mg/mL). Confluent cultures are passaged weekly.
  • the [3H] -inositol monophosphate (INS PI) fraction is eluted with 0.1M triethyl ammonium bicarbonate buffer and radioactivity measured by liquid scintillation counting. Following the measurement of radioactivity for each fraction eluted, IC50 calculations are made for each test compound examined. The compounds exemplified herein generated IC50 values equal to or less than 10 ⁇ M in the phosphoinositide assay herein described.
  • the biological activity of the compounds of the present invention can be determined employing an assay which monitors intracellular calcium ion concentration in response to metabotropic glutamate receptor activation.
  • Plates containing cells expressing mGluRl are prepared using standard methods well known to those of skill in the art. Reagent plates are prepared containing 160 ⁇ l/well of buffer (1% DMSO or compound in 1%DMS0 buffer) and additional plates are prepared containing 260 ⁇ l/well of 10M glutamate in assay buffer.
  • (b) Calcium Flux Assay Media is removed from the plates containing the cells expressing mGluRl using a hand held aspirator or standard plate washer. 50 ⁇ l of lO ⁇ M Fluo3 Dye is added to each well which in turn will emit fluorescence upon binding to calcium ions. Cells are incubated at room temperature for approximately 90 minutes to allow the Fluo3 Dye to load into the cells. The dye is then aspirated and replaced with 50 ⁇ l of buffer. The plates are placed in a fluorescent light imaging plate reader (FLIPR) such that the plate containing the buffer or compound is to the right of the cell plate, while the plate containing the glutamate is placed to the left of the cell plate.
  • FLIPR fluorescent light imaging plate reader
  • the FLIPR is programmed to take background fluorescence readings for 10 seconds then add buffer or compound to the cell plates. After 3 minutes, the FLIPR adds lOO ⁇ l of lO ⁇ M glutamate to mobilize cellular calcium ion stores and fluorescence is measured for about a minute. Fluorescence values for cells containing buffer are compared relative to cells containing mGluRl antagonist compound. Percent inhibition of mGluRl elicited calcium ion influx, as indexed by fluorescence, is calculated for each compound.
  • test compounds to treat forms of pain may be demonstrated by activity in one or more standard tests, such as the formalin test, the Chung neuropathic pain model and the carrageenan test of inflammatory pain.
  • mice Male Sprague-Dawley rats (200-250g; Charles River, Portage, MI) are housed in group cages and maintained in a constant temperature and a 12h light/12h dark cycle 4-7 days before the studies are performed. Animals have free access to food and water at all times prior to the day of the experiment . Drugs or vehicles are administered intraperitoneally (i.p.) or orally (p.o.) by gavage in a volume of 1 mL/kg.
  • the test is performed in custom-made Plexiglas® boxes 25x25x20x cm in size (according to Shibata et al . , Pain 38; 347-352, 1989, Wheeler-Aceto et al . , Pain, 40; 229-238, 1990) .
  • a mirror placed at the back of the cage allows the unhindered observation of the formalin injected paw. Rats are acclimated individually in the cubicles at least 1 hour prior to the experiment. All testing is conducted between 08:00 and 14:00 h and the testing room temperature is maintained at 21-23°C. Test compounds are administered 30 minutes prior to the formalin injection.
  • Formalin (50 ⁇ l of a 5% solution in saline) is injected subcutaneously into the dorsal lateral surface of the right hind paw with a 27 gauge needle. Observation starts immediately after the formalin injection. Formalin-induced pain is quantified by recording in 5 minute intervals the number of formalin injected paw licking events and the number of seconds each licking event lasts. These recordings are made for 50 minutes after the formalin injection.
  • the total time spent licking and biting the injected paw was demonstrated to be most relevant (Coderre et al . , Eur. J. Neurosci . 6; 1328-1334, 1993; Abbott et al . , Pain, 60; 91-102, 1995) and is chosen for the testing score.
  • the early phase score is the sum of time spent licking in seconds from time 0 to 5 minutes.
  • the late phase is scored in 5 minute blocks from 15 minutes to 40 minutes and is expressed accordingly or also by adding the total number of seconds spent licking from minute 15 to minute 40 of the observation period. Data are presented as means with standard errors of means ( ⁇ SEM) .
  • the present invention provides a method of treating pain, which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined hereinabove .
  • the ability of test compounds to treat migraine may be demonstrated in the following test.
  • Harlan Sprague-Dawley rats (225-325 g) or guinea pigs from Charles River Laboratories (225-325 g) are anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital intraperitoneally (65 mg/kg or 45 mg/kg respectively) and placed in a stereotaxic frame (David Kopf Instruments) with the incisor bar set at -3.5 mm for rats or -4.0 mm for guinea pigs.
  • two pairs of bilateral holes are drilled through the skull (6 mm posterially, 2.0 and 4.0 mm laterally in rats; 4 mm posteriorly and 3.2 and 5.2 mm laterally in guinea pigs, all coordinates referenced to bregma) .
  • Pairs of stainless steel stimulating electrodes, insulated except at the tips are lowered through the holes in both hemispheres to a depth of 9 mm (rats) or 10.5 mm (guinea pigs) from dura.
  • test compound is administered intravenously (i.v.) at a dosing volume of lmL/Kg or, in the alternative, test compound is administered orally (p.o.) via gavage at a volume of
  • a 50 mg/Kg dose of Evans Blue a fluorescent dye, is also injected intravenously.
  • the Evans Blue complexed with proteins in the blood and functions as a marker for protein extravasation.
  • the left trigeminal ganglion is stimulated for 3 minutes at a current intensity of 1.0 mA (5 Hz, 4 msec duration) with a Model 273 potentiostat/ galvanostat (EG&G Princeton Applied Research) .
  • the animals are killed and exsanguinated with 20 mL of saline.
  • the top of the skull is removed to facilitate the collection of the dural membranes .
  • the membrane samples are removed from both hemispheres, rinsed with water, and spread flat on microscopic slides. Once dried, the tissues are coverslipped with a 70% glycerol/water solution.
  • a fluorescence microscope (Zeiss) equipped with a grating monchromator and a spectrophotometer is used to quantify the amount of Evans Blue dye in each sample.
  • An excitation wavelength of approximately 535 nm is utilized and the emission intensity at 600 nm is determined.
  • the microscope is equipped with a motorized stage and also interfaced with a personal computer. This facilitates the computer-controlled movement of the stage with fluorescence measurements at 25 points (500 mm steps) on each dural sample. The mean and standard deviation of the measurements are determined by the computer.
  • the extravasation induced by the electrical stimulation of the trigeminal ganglion is an ipsilateral effect (i.e. occurs only on the side of the dura in which the trigeminal ganglion is stimulated) . This allows the other
  • the present invention provides a method of treating migraine, which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined hereinabove .
  • the compounds (A) to (H) above have all been found to be selective mGluRl antagonists. In particular, all of the compounds have been found to exhibit at least 10 fold selectivity for mGluRl over mGluR5 in the test described hereinabove.
  • the present application contains the first disclosure that a compound which is a selective mGluRl antagonist is useful for the treatment of migraine.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating migraine, which comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a selective mGluRl antagonist.
  • the selective mGluRl antagonist is preferably at least 10 fold selective for mGluRl over mGluR5 , more preferably at least 100 fold selective.
  • the compounds of the present invention are preferably formulated prior to administration. Therefore, another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present pharmaceutical formulations are prepared by known procedures using well-known and readily available ingredients.
  • the active ingredient will usually be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier, and may be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper, or other container.
  • the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material which acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active ingredient.
  • compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols, ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
  • suitable carriers include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum, acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water syrup, methyl cellulose, methyl and propyl hydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil.
  • the formulations can additionally include lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents, or flavoring agents.
  • Formulations of the invention may be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures well known in the art .
  • the formulations are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 mg to about 500 mg, more preferably about 25 mg to about 300 mg of the active ingredient.
  • unit dosage form refers to a physically discrete unit suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Hard gelatin capsules are prepared using the following ingredients :
  • the above ingredients are mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 460 mg quantities.
  • Tablets each containing 60 mg of active ingredient are made as follows:
  • the active ingredient, starch, and cellulose are passed through a No . 45 mesh U.S. sieve and mixed thoroughly.
  • the solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone is mixed with the resultant powders which are then passed through a No . 14 mesh U.S. sieve.
  • the granules so produced are dried at 50 * C and passed through a No . 18 mesh U.S. sieve.
  • the sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc previously passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve, are then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet machine to yield tablets each weighing 150 mg.
  • Flash 40S Flash 40S
  • Flash 40M Flash 40L
  • flash 40S flash 40M
  • Flash 40L flash chromatography cartridges with the corresponding specifications; 7 X 4 cm, 40 g silica gel; 10 X 4 cm, 90 g silica gel; 21 X 4 cm, 120 g silica gel, respectively.
  • Flash 40S flash 40M
  • Flash 40L flash chromatography cartridges with the corresponding specifications; 7 X 4 cm, 40 g silica gel; 10 X 4 cm, 90 g silica gel; 21 X 4 cm, 120 g silica gel, respectively.
  • These cartridges are available from Biotage, a division of Dyax, 1500 Avon Street Extended, Charlottesville, Virginia, 22902.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent ethyl acetate) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid.
  • the free base was dissolved in 0.5 molar ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (m.p. 262-4°C) .
  • the residual gum was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed sequentially with 2M sodium carbonate, water, and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a brown solid.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent n- hexane 50% diethyl ether) to give the product as a yellow solid.
  • the reaction mixture was poured into water (50mL), extracted ethyl acetate (3x) and the combined organic extracts washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow gum.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid.
  • the free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride (2mL) and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 198-200°C) .
  • the combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow gum.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether 33% hexane) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid.
  • the free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 198-200°C) .
  • the reaction mixture was filtered, the filtered solid was washed with methanol, and the combined filtrate and washings evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as an amber oil.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the product as a white glass.
  • the free base was dissolved in absolute ethanol (lOmL) and a 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride solution (528 ⁇ l) was added. The solution was then cooled at 5°C for 16 hours and the crystalline precipitate collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, to yield the title compound as white crystals, (m.p. 202-3°C) .
  • the compounds of Examples 13 to 25 were prepared following the method of Example 12.
  • the amine starting material used in the preparation of the compound of Example 21 was prepared as follows:
  • reaction mixture was then evaporated in vacuo to dryness, re-suspended in saturated sodium chloride solution and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution.
  • aqueous phase was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) and the combined organic extracts dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a white gum.
  • the compound of Example 31 was prepared by the method of Example 30.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the product as a yellow foam.
  • the free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride (2mL) and then evaporated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (m.p. 227-8°C) .
  • the compound of Example 33 was prepared by the method of Example 32, except that, in step (iv), ethylamine (30% w/w solution in ethanol) and Hunigs base were used in place of sodium ethoxide .
  • Example 43 (i) The product of Example 43 (i) (500mg, 1.45 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (7mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (500mg, 4.4 mmol) was added followed by 2-mercaptoethanol (lmL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 85°C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Example 43 (i) The product of Example 43 (i) (1.2g, 3.36 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (560mg, 5 mmol) was added followed by 2-methoxyethanethiol (500mg, 5.4mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 95°C for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • N- (2, 3-dihydro -1H-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5 , 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (600mg, 1.75 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- ert-butoxide (560mg, 5 mmol) was added followed by 1-propanethiol (550mg, 7.25mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate.
  • N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (660mg, 1.85 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen.
  • Potassium- ert-butoxide (265mg, 2.36 mmol) was added followed by l-mercapto-2- propanol (230mg, 2.5mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours.
  • 6-Benzyl-4-chloro-2- (methylthio) -6, 7-dihydro-5ff- pyrrolo [3 , 4-d] pyrimidine 6-Benzyl-2- (methylthio) -3,5,6, 7-tetrahydro-4ff-pyrrolo [3 , 4- d]pyrimidin-4-one (2.3g 8.4mmol) was dissolved in 1,2- dichloroethane (15mL) at ambient temperature under nitrogen, phosphorus oxychloride (20mL) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux under nitrogen overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, taken up in chloroform and washed with cold dilute aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution.
  • a 4mL Reacti-Vial was charged sequentially with a 0.24M solution of potassium tert-butoxide in dry N-methyl pyrrolidinone (0.5mL), a 0.24M solution of methyl thioglycolate in dry N-methyl pyrrolidinone (0.5mL) and a 0.06M solution of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine in dry N-methyl pyrrolidinone (0.5mL) .
  • the Vial was flushed with nitrogen and capped.
  • the contents of the Vial were heated to 80°C and stirred for 64 hours.
  • the Vial was cooled and its contents quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (ImL) .
  • Chloroform (ImL) was added, and the Vial was recapped and agitated vigorously to extract the organic material into the chloroform phase.
  • a 3mL cartridge containing an octadecyl C18 disc was charged with the contents of the Vial . Only the organic phase passed through the disc and this recovered solution was treated with methanol (ImL) .
  • the mixture was then passed through a 3mL cartridge containing 500mg of methanol-conditioned benzenesulfonic acid resin under gravity.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 80% hexane / 20% ethyl acetate) to give the title compound as a white solid, (m.p. 132-133.5°C) .
  • N-methylpyrrolidinone (20mL) were heated to 90°C under N 2 for 48 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature.
  • the reaction mixture was then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic phase was washed with water then brine, then dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a crude product.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 80% hexane / 20% ethyl acetate) to give the title compound, as a cream solid (m.p.
  • 4-chloro-2-methyl-3 ,5,7, 8-tetrahydro-4H-thiino [ 4 , 3-d] - pyrimidine (380mg, 1.9mmol) and 2-aminoindane (303mg, 2.28mmol), Hunigs base (1.22g, 9.5mmol) and dimethylformamide (30mL) were stirred for 96 hours at ambient temperature. This mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water then brine.
  • the organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product.
  • the crude product was purified by prep HPLC at 254 nm, (3464.KR100-5C18) (95A/5W/0.2NH 3 ) .
  • the title compound was obtained as a light tan solid, (m.p. 147-149°C) .
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with 3:1 ethyl acetate / isopropyl alcohol containing a little methanol.
  • the combined organic extracts and initial layer were dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo .
  • the residue solid was triturated from acetonitrile/isopropyl alcohol. A cream solid was obtained, 72lmg .
  • Ethyl l-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-3-carboxylate (1.43g, 8.3lmmol), sodium carbonate (1.76g, 16.6mmol) and 5- ethylthiourea hydrobromide (2.3g, 12.4mmol) in distilled water (40mL) were stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The mixture was saturated with sodium chloride and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo, to obtain 1.73g of a yellow oil.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 20% ethyl acetate / 80% methanol) to give a yellow oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5mL) , and 0.5N ethanolic HCl (2mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (30mL) . A yellow solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound m.p. 253- 256°C.
  • Trifluoromethansulfonic anhydride (2.1 mL, 12.7 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of 2-Methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff- thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (2.1 g, 11.5 mmol) and Et 3 N (1.9 mL, 13.8 mmol) in 50 mL CH 2 C1 2 . After 0.5 h the solution is poured into H 2 0 followed by extraction with CH 2 C1 2 (3x75 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na 2 S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the pure triflate.
  • Trifluoromethansulfonic anhydride (0.72 mL, 4.28 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of 2-Methoxy-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff- thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (0.77 g, 3.895 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.65 mL, 4.67 mmol) in 10 mL CH 2 C1 2 . After 1 h the solution is poured into H 2 0 followed by extraction with CH 2 C1 2 (3x25 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na 2 S0 4 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the triflate.
  • the crude triflate (0.79 g, 2.39 mmol) is dissolved in 10 mL NMP and Hunig's base (0.5 mL, 2.87 mmol) is added followed by 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -ethylamine (0.45 g, 2.87 mmol).
  • the solution is heated to 90°C for lh and poured into H 2 0 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x25 mL) .
  • the organics are combined and washed with H 2 0 (4x25 mL) , brine (25 mL) dried with Na 2 S0 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product.
  • 2-Ethyl-2-thiopseudourea hydrobromide (1.1 g, 6.0 mmol) is added to a solution of 1, 1, 4-Trioxo-hexahydro-l ⁇ 6 -thiopyran- 3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.8 g, 5.0 mmol) and K 2 C0 3 (3.45 g, 25.0 mmol) in 25 mL MeOH. After 24 hrs at RT the MeOH is removed in vacuo and the crude solid is neutralized
  • Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 2-ethylsulfanyl-6 , 6-dioxo- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6 ⁇ 6 -thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ester.
  • Trifluoromethansulfonic anhydride (0.47 mL, 2.81 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of 2-Ethylsulfanyl-6, 6-dioxo- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6 ⁇ 6 -thiopyrano[4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (0.67 g, 2.56 mmol) and Et 3 N (0.43 mL, 3.1 mmol) in 10 mL CH 2 C1 2 . After 1 h the solution is poured into H 2 0 followed by extraction with CH 2 C1 2 (3x15 mL) .
  • Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid 2-ethylsulfanyl-6, 6-dioxo- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6 ⁇ 6 -thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ester (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) is dissolved in 2.0 mL NMP and Hunig's base (0.05 mL, 0.31 mmol) is added followed by 2- (2- chlorophenyl) -ethylamine (48 mg, 0.31 mmol). The solution is heated to 90 °C for 2h and poured into H 2 0 (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x10 mL) .
  • This compound was synthesized in a manner similar to Example 104, except in place of benzoyl chloride, nicotinoyl chloride (31 mg, 0.17 mmol) was used.
  • The. crude product was purified by flash chromatography on HMDS treated silica gel (10% MeOH/EtOAc) to yield the free base of the title compound.
  • MS (ES) 419 (M + ) The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
  • the free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added.
  • the diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
  • Example 113 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro- quinazoline-2-carboxylic acid (furan-2-ylmethyl) -amide trifluoroacetate .
  • 2-Mercaptoethyl-4-chloropyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine 2-Mercaptoethyl-4-chloropyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine.
  • a mixture of 2-chloro-4-hydroxypyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (600 mg, 3.30 mmol), sodium ethanethiolate (960 mg, 11.60 mmol), and N, N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was warmed at 85-95°C for 2 h. The solution was cooled, concentrated, and treated with 5% methanol in methylene chloride (25 mL) . The resulting solid was dissolved in IN HCl ( 50 mL) , concentrated, and filtered with the aid of diethyl ether.
  • the product was the hydrochloride salt of 2-mercaptoethyl-4- hydroxypyrido (2, 3-d) pyrimidine, 1.5 g, and was used as such without further purification.
  • the hydroxypyrimidine thus obtained (1.5 g, 3.30 mmol, containing sodium chloride) was refluxed in phosphorus oxychloride (20 mL) for 3 h.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled, concentrated, and dissolved in chloroform (75 mL) .
  • the solution, containing some undissolved sodium chloride was added slowly to an ice cold solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate (75 mL) , the layers were separated, and the organic was backwashed with chloroform (25 mL) .
  • the intermediate title compound was prepared essentially by the method outlined in JACS, 77, 2256 (1955).
  • 2-Trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxypyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine 2-aminonicotinic acid (2.5 g, 18.1 mmol), 2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroacetamide (6.2 g, 54.8 mmol), and l-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (30 mL) was refluxed for 18 h. The mixture was cooled and added as such to a flash 65M silica gel cartridge, eluting with 2% methanol in methylene chloride gradually increasing to 5% methanol in methylene chloride. The crude desired was obtained containing l-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone.
  • Methyl 4-oxo-2H-3, 5, 6-trihydropyran-3-carboxylate was added to a lOOmL round bottom flask containing tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (1 mL, 10.8 mmol) and heated at 110°C while a stream of nitrogen was blown over the mixture. After 30 min, 50 mL diethyl ether was added and the stirred vigorously for 30 min. The solids were then filtered and washed with thoroughly with diethyl ether.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x) , dried with Magnesium sulfate, concentrated and purified on a Flash 40S cartridge (30% EtOAC/Hex) .
  • the appropriate fractions were concentrated and charged with 2 mL 0.5M ethanolic HCl and 1 mL methanol to aid solubilization. After one hour at RT the mixture was concentrated and triturated with diethyl ether. The resulting solids were filtered and dried under high vacuum at 60°C overnight to give 44mg (35%) of the title compound.
  • the title compound was synthesized in the same manner as the procedure set forth in example 120, except in the synthesis of its precursor, as described in example 119, instead of S- methyl isothiourea sulfate, 2-ethyl-2-thiopseudo urea HBr was used, and in the synthesis of the precursor following the procedure in example 120, instead of 2(2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine, 2 , 6-dichlorophenethyl amine was used.
  • Benzylethylmalonate, tetrabutylammonium iodide and Cs 2 C0 3 were azeotroped from toluene and dried under high vacuum prior to use.
  • 1- (2 , 2-Dimethyl-l , 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) - 3-bromopropane (315 mg, 0.83mmol) was added to a dry 5mL round bottom flask, equipped with a reflux condenser, containing benzylethylmalonate (185 ⁇ L, 0.83 mmol), Cs 2 C0 3 (406 mg, 1.25mmol) and tetrabutylammonium iodide (lOmg) in anhydrous THF (2mL) and heated at reflux for 18 hrs.
  • 2-ethyl-2-thiopseudourea HBr (4.1g, 22. lmmol) and Hunig's base (7.7 mL, 44.2mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 20 hrs to give a mixture of ethyl 5- (2 , 2-dimethyl-l, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) -2- [N- ( ethylthioiminomethyl ) carbamoyl]pentanoate and 5- [3- (2,2- dimethyl-1, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) propyl] -2- ethylthiopyrimidine-4, 6-diol within a fairly complex reaction mixture.
  • tert-Butyl 2-ethylthio-4- [ ( trifluoromethyl) sulfonyloxy] - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylate (900 mg, 2.1 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane. Added MCPBA (70%w/w, l.Og, 4.2 mmol) and stirred at RT for one hour. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with brine and water, partitioned and purified on a Flash 40M cartridge to give 876 mg (88%) of the sulfone.
  • the sulfone was dissolved in NMP, added 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (311 ⁇ L, 2.2 mmol) and Hunig's base (383 ⁇ L, 2.2 mmol) and stirred at RT for 30 min. The mixture was warmed to 100°C, added KCN (586 mg, 9.0 mmol) and stirred at that temperature forl ⁇ hrs. The mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried with Magnesium sulfate. Purified on a Flash 40L cartridge (25% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 280 mg (38%) of the intermediate title compound.
  • the resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give a dark oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) .
  • 0.5M ethanolic HCl (4 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) .
  • a white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 191-193°C.
  • the resulting yellow oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:6) to give a clear oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (2 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 185-187°C.
  • the resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate /hexane, 1:4) to give 180 mg of a yellow solid.
  • This material was dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- ert-butoxide (125 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added followed by mercaptoethanol (0.5 mL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 85°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (70 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:1) to give yellow oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (3 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (50 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 202- 203°C.
  • the organic phase dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated under vacuum to give the crude product.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent: 10% hexane, 90% ethyl acetate. Then the product was further purified by prep HPLC using KR100-5C18 column, (80% Acetonitrile/ 20% Water/0.2NH3) . A white solid was obtained of the title product (m.p.l98-200°C) .
  • the reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature and diluted with aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) , and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2 ) .
  • the combined organic phases were dried with anhydrous magnesium chloride, filtered through a Celite pad and the filtrate evaporated under vacuum.
  • the crude material was purified with flash chromatography on silica (eluent 10% hexane, 90% ethyl acetate).
  • the hydrochloride salt was formed with 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p.211-213 °C) .
  • N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine 600 mg, 1.8 mmol
  • potassium cyanide 600 mg
  • a cream solid was obtained as the title compound as a free base (m.p.178-180 °C) .
  • N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine 500 mg, 1.5 mmol was added to potassium butoxide (500 mg) in l-methyl-2-pyrrolindone (20 mL) and 2-methoxyethanethiol (1.07 g, 11.7 mmol).
  • the procedure was following example 159 (ii), to give the title compound (m.p.172-174°C) .
  • N-bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl-2- (methylthio) -5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine (1.54 g, 5.3 mmol) was reacted as in example 159 (i), to give N-bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl-2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine .
  • N-bicyclo [2, 2, 1] hept-2-yl-2- (ethylsulfonyl) -tetrahydro- 4-quinazolinamine 300 mg, 0.934 mmol was prepared in the similar manner as 159 (i) from the corresponding ethylthio, and then reacted using 2-methoxyethanethiol (670 mg,7.29 mmol), by the method in example 159 (ii), the crude compound was purified by prep HPLC (KR100-5C18) , (80% Acetonitrile /20% Water/0.2% NH 3 ) , the hydrochloride salt was prepared to obtain the title compound (m.p.133-135 °C) . Examples 170 to 172 These were prepared by the method described in example 12
  • the combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a pink oily solid.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid.
  • the free base was dissolved in 0.5 molar ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 240-2°C) .
  • the combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a white oil.
  • the crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid.
  • the free base was dissolved in 0.5 molar ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 148°C dec.) .
  • Examples 179 to 188 The compound of examples 179 to 188 were prepared following the method of examples 173 and 178. Thiol side chains used in the preparation of some of the examples were prepared as follows:
  • the amine starting material used in the preparation of the compound of example 185 was prepared as follows: (i) 2- (2-Chlorophenyl) -2-methylpropanenitrile To a stirred suspension of 60% sodium hydride (pre-washed with petroleum spirit b.p.40-60°C) (6.1 g, 198 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (100 mL) under nitrogen and cooled to 5°C was added, dropwise, a solution of (2-chlorophenyl) acetonitrile (10 g, 66 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (20 mL) . The reaction mixture allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 45 minutes.
  • reaction mixture was then re-cooled to 5°C and a solution of iodomethane (12.3 mL, 198 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added dropwise.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for a further 2 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) .
  • the combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water (2x) and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a yellow oil.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to 5°C, cautiously quenched with water (250 mL) , basified with 2 molar sodium hydroxide and extracted with diethyl ether (3x) .
  • the combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil.
  • the crude product was purified by fractional distillation to give the product as a clear oil (b.p. 240°C /2.8mbar) .
  • the amine starting material used in the preparation of the compound of example 186 was prepared as follows: (i) 2- (2-chlorophenyl) propanenitrile A mixture of (2-chlorophenyl) acetonitrile (5.0 g, 33 mmol), potassium carbonate (5.0 g, 36.2 mmol) and dimethyl carbonate (53.43 g, 594 mmol) was stirred in a sealed vessel at 180°C for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, the filter cake washed with methanol and the combined filtrates and washings evaporated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was partially dissolved in dichloromethane, the insoluble portion filtered and the filtrates evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as an amber oil. The crude product was purified by fractional distillation to give the product as a clear oil.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to 5°C, cautiously quenched with water (250 mL) , basified with 2 molar sodium hydroxide and extracted with diethyl ether (3x) .
  • the combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil.
  • the crude product was purified by distillation in a bulb to bulb apparatus to give the product as a clear oil (b.p. 110°C / 2.0mbar) .
  • Example 190 The compound of example 190 was prepared by the method of example 189.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to the use of certain 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives as mGluR1 antagonists, to novel 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives, to pharmaceutical formulations comprising 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives, to a process for preparing 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives and to intermediates useful in the preparation of 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives.

Description

PHAEMACEUTICAL COMPOUNDS
The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compounds. More particularly it relates to the use of certain 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives as mGluRl antagonists, to novel 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives, to pharmaceutical formulations comprising 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives, to a process for preparing 4- substituted pyrimidine derivatives and to intermediates useful in the preparation of 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives .
In the mammalian central nervous system (CNS) , the transmission of nerve impulses is controlled by the interaction between a neurotransmitter, that is released by a sending neuron, and a surface receptor on a receiving neuron, which causes excitation of this receiving neuron. L-Glutamate, which is the most abundant neurotransmitter in the CNS, mediates the major excitatory pathway in mammals, and is referred to as an excitatory amino acid (EAA) . The receptors that respond to glutamate are called excitatory amino acid receptors (EAA receptors). See Watkins & Evans, Ann . Rev. Pharmacol . Toxicol . , 21, 165 (1981); Monaghan, Bridges, and Cotman, Ann . Rev. Pharmacol . Toxicol . , 29, 365 (1989) ; Watkins, Krogsgaard- arsen, and Honore, Trans .
Pharm . Sci . , 11, 25 (1990) . The excitatory amino acids are
of great physiological importance, playing a role in a variety of physiological processes, such as long-term potentiation (learning and memory) , the development of synaptic plasticity, motor control, respiration, cardiovascular regulation, and sensory perception.
Excitatory amino acid receptors are classified into two general types. Receptors that are directly coupled to the opening of cation channels in the cell membrane of the neurons are termed " ionotropic" . This type of receptor has been subdivided into at least three subtypes, which are defined by the depolarizing actions of the selective agonists N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) , α-amino-3-hydroxy-5- methylisoxazole-4-propionic acid (AMPA) , and kainic acid (KA) . The second general type of receptor is the G-protein or second messenger-linked "metabotropic" excitatory amino acid receptor. This second type is coupled to multiple second messenger systems that lead to enhanced phosphoinositide hydrolysis, activation of phospholipase D or C, increases or decreases in c-AMP formation, and changes in ion channel function. Schoepp and Conn, Trends in
Pharmacol . Sci . , 14, 13 (1993). At least eight subtypes of metabotropic glutamate receptor, identified as mGluRl, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8, have been cloned and these have been classified into three groups according to the second messenger system to which they are coupled, their sequence homology and their agonist selectivity. Pin, J.P. and Duvoisin, R. (1995) Neuropharmacology, 34, 1-26. The first of these three groups, Group I, contains the mGluRl and mGluR5 subtypes . These subtypes are coupled to phosphoinositide (PI) hydrolysis and are predominantly located on the postsynaptic terminal. The second and third of these three groups, Group II and Group III, contain respectively mGluR2 and 3 and mGluR4, 6, 7 and 8. They are negatively coupled to adenyl cyclase and are thought to act presynaptically, as autoreceptors, regulating glutamate transmission. Both ionotropic and metabotropic types of receptors appear not only to mediate normal synaptic transmission along excitatory pathways, but also participate in the modification of synaptic connections during development and throughout life. Schoepp, Bockaert, and Sladeczek, Trends in Pharmacol . Sci . , 11, 508 (1990); McDonald and Johnson, Brain Research Reviews, 15, 41 (1990).
The excessive or inappropriate stimulation of excitatory amino acid receptors leads to neuronal cell damage or loss by way of a mechanism known as excitotoxicity . This process has been suggested to mediate neuronal degeneration in a variety of conditions. The medical consequences of such neuronal degeneration makes the abatement of these degenerative neurological processes an important therapeutic goal.
The metabotropic glutamate receptors are a highly heterogeneous family of glutamate receptors that are linked to multiple second-messenger pathways. These receptors function to modulate the presynaptic release of glutamate, and the postsynaptic sensitivity of the neuronal cell to glutamate excitation. Compounds which modulate the function of these receptors, in particular agonists and antagonists of glutamate, are useful for the treatment of acute and chronic neurodegenerative conditions, and as antiischaemic, antipsychotic, anticonvulsant , analgesic, anxiolytic, antidepressant , and anti-emetic agents.
International patent application publication number WO 99/26927, published on 3rd June, 1999 discloses that compounds of formula R- [Linker] -Ar in which R, Ar and [Linker] are very broadly defined, are useful as Group I metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists .
Surprisingly, certain 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives have now been found to act as antagonists of glutamate at mGluRl receptors . According to one aspect, therefore, the present invention provides the use of a compound of general formula
Figure imgf000005_0001
in which:
X1 represents 0 or NH;
L represents a bond or a (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy, (l-4C)alkoxy or oxo;
R1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group; R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group or a group of formula X2-R5 in which X2 represents a bond, 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and R5 represents (1- 8C) alkyl, (3-10C) cycloalkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl, hydroxy (1- 6C)alkyl, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) lkyl, (1- 4C) alkanoyl ( 1-4C) alkyl , ( 1-4C ) alkanoyloxy ( 1-4C) alkyl , carboxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylaminocarbonyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1- 4C)alkanoylamino(l-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylthio (1-4C) alkyl , (1- 4C)alkylsulfinyl(l-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl (1-4C) alkyl, (l-4C)alkylsulfonylamino) (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylamino- sulfonyl) (1-4C) alkyl, di (1-4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (1- 4C) alkyl, phenyl or phenyl (1-4C) alkyl in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1- 4C) alkyl and (1-4C) alkoxy; and R3 and R4 each independently represents (1-4C) alkyl or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition indicating administration of an mGluRl antagonist.
In addition, the present invention provides the use of a compound of general formula
Figure imgf000006_0001
in which
X1 represents 0 or NH;
L represents a bond or a (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by 0, S, SO, S0 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy,
(1-4C) alkoxy or oxo;
R1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group;
R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a SCH2CN, or a group of formula X2-R5 in which X2 represents a bond, 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and R5 represents (1-8C) alkyl, (3-10C) cycloalkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl, hydroxy (1-6C) alkyl, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-
4C)alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoyloxy (1-
4C) alkyl, carboxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylaminocarbonyl (1-
4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoylamino, (1-4C) alkanoylamino (1-
4C)alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoylamino [ (1-4C) alkyl] 2, (1- 4C)alkylthio(l-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfinyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1- 4C)alkylsulfonyl(l-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfonylamino) (1- 4C)alkyl, (1-4C) alkylamino-sulfonyl) (1-4C) alkyl, di(l- 4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (1-4C) alkyl, phenyl or phenyl (1- 4C) alkyl in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1-4C) alkyl and (1- 4C) alkoxy; and R3 and R4 each independently represents (1-4C) alkyl or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition indicating administration of an mGluRl antagonist. According to another aspect, the present invention provides a method of antagonizing the action of glutamate at mGluRl receptors in a patient requiring such treatment, which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined herein.
As used herein, the term --effective amount" refers to the amount of a compound of formula I which is effective, upon single or multiple dose administration to a patient, in treating the patient suffering from the named disorder. The particular effective amount or dose of compound administered according to this invention will of course be determined by the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including the compound administered, the route of administration, the particular condition being treated, and similar considerations. The compounds can be administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal, transder al , subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, or intranasal routes. Alternatively, the compound may be administered by continuous infusion. A typical daily dose will contain from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg of the active compound of this invention. Preferably, daily doses will be about 0.05 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, more preferably from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg.
A variety of physiological functions have been shown to be subject to influence by excessive or inappropriate stimulation of excitatory amino acid transmission. The formula I compounds of the present invention are believed, through their action as mGluRl antagonists, to have the ability to treat a variety of neurological disorders in mammals associated with this condition, including acute neurological disorders such as cerebral deficits subsequent to cardiac bypass surgery and grafting, stroke, cerebral ischemia, spinal cord lesions due to trauma or infarction/ischaemia or inflammation, head trauma, perinatal hypoxia, cardiac arrest, and hypoglycemic neuronal damage, and chronic neurological disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's Chorea, inherited ataxias, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, AIDS-induced dementia, ocular damage and retinopathy, cognitive disorders, Parkinson's Disease, drug- induced Parkinsonism and essential tremor. The present invention also provides methods for treating these disorders which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The formula I compounds of the present invention are also believed, through their action as mGluRl antagonists, to have the ability to treat a variety of other neurological disorders in mammals that are associated with glutamate dysfunction, including muscular spasms, convulsions (such as epilepsy) , spasticity, migraine (including menstrual migraine) , urinary incontinence, psychosis, (such as schizophrenia or bipolar disorder) , post traumatic stress disorder, depression, drug tolerance and withdrawal (such as alcohol, nicotine, opiates and benzodiazepines) , drug intoxication, metabolic derangement, anxiety and related disorders, emesis, brain edema, tardive dyskinesia and pain. Therefore, the present invention also provides methods for treating these disorders which comprise administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The forms of pain that may be treated in accordance with the present invention include those arising as a result of central sensitization or peripheral sensitization of pain transmitting pathways . These forms of pain include postoperative pain; dental pain; menstrual pain; migraine pain; persistent headaches, such as cluster headache or chronic tension headache; persistent pain states such as fibromyalgia or myofascial pains; neuropathic pain such as painful diabetic neuropathy; trigeminal neuralgia; postherpetic neuralgia; back pain; cancer pain; arthritic pain such as pain due to osteoarthritis or rheumatoid arthritis; bursitis; pain associated with AIDS; visceral pain, such as interstitial cystitis and IBS; pain due to spinal trauma and/or degeneration; post-stroke pain; burn pain; pain associated with muscle, nerve, skin, joint or bone; conditions such as allodynia; hyperalgesia; hypersensitization to pain signals; referred pain; enhanced memory of pain and neuronal mechanisms involved in coping with pain.
The term "treating", for purposes of the present invention, includes prophylaxis of a named condition, and amelioration or elimination of a named condition once the condition has been established.
The term "patient" for purposes of the present invention is defined as any warm blooded animal such as, but not limited to, a mouse, guinea pig, dog, horse, or human. Preferably, the patient is human.
Referring to the compounds of formula I, unless specified otherwise, the term "alkyl" as used herein means a straight chain or branched alkyl group. Examples of values for a (1-8C) alkyl group include (1-6C) alkyl and (1-4C) alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and isobutyl .
The term (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by O, S, SO, S02 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy, (1-4C) alkoxy or oxo refers to a straight chain or branched divalent group in which one, two or more groups in the chain may be replaced by 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and in which one or two chain carbon atoms may bear fluoro, hydroxy, (1-4C) alkoxy or oxo. The term (1-6C) alkylene includes a group of formula CmH2m- (X3) q- CnH2n in which X3 is O, S, SO, S02, NH, CHF, CF2, CHOH, CH(0(l-4C)alkyl) or CO, q is 0 or 1, and each of m and n is 0 or an integer of from 1 to 4, provided that when q is 1 and X3 is 0, S, SO, S02 or NH, m is at least 2. Examples of particular values include ethylene, propylene, butylene, methylthioethylene, and methylsulphonylethylene.
The term halo (1-6C) alkyl refers to an alkyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by a halogen atom or atoms. Examples of a halo (1-6C) alkyl group are trifluoromethyl and fluoroethyl.
The term (1-4C) alkoxy refers to an alkoxy radical made up of an oxygen radical bearing a saturated straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical of one to four carbon atoms. Included within the scope of this term are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy and the like.
The term halogen atom refers to a fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atom. As used herein without further qualification, the term unsubstituted or substituted, for example in the term unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group or ring, refers to a group that is unsubstituted or substituted by one, two or more substituents, said substituents being selected from atoms and groups which, when present in the compound of formula I, do not prevent the compound of formula I from functioning as a antagonist of mGluRl receptor subtype function. Examples of atoms and groups which may be present in a substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group or ring are oxo, methylenedioxy, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, or a group of formula -X-R in which X represents 0, S, SO, S0 , NRZ, CO, COO, OCO, CONH, NHCO, S02NH, or NHS02 and R represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-8C) alkyl group, a (3- 10C) cycloalkyl group, a morpholino group, a phenyl group, a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group or a phenyl (2-4C) alkenyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group. Examples of particular values include chlorine, bromine, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, 2-methyl-3-prop-2-enoyl, morpholinocarbonyl , cyclohexylaminocarbonyl , adamantylaminocarbonyl , benzylaminocarbonyl , and benzyloxycarbonyl .
The term carbocyclic group includes an aromatic group, a non-aromatic group or a non-aromatic group fused with an aromatic group. The term aromatic group includes phenyl and a polycyclic aromatic carbocyclic ring such as 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl . A carbocyclic group that is a non-aromatic group may be, for example a (3-10C) cycloalkyl group or a (3- 10C) cycloalkenyl group.
The term (3-10C) cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Examples of particular values include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-yl, bicyclo [3.1. l]hept-2-yl and adamantyl.
The term (3-10C) cycloalkenyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic group. Examples of particular values include bicyclo[2.2. l]hept-2-ene-4-yl .
A carbocyclic group that is a non-aromatic group fused with an aromatic group may be, for example, a (3- 10C) cycloalkyl group fused with a benzene ring, such as 2,3- dihydro-lH-indenyl or 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl . Examples of particular values for a carbocyclic group are phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl, bicyclo [3.1.1] hept-2-yl , adamantyl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-l-yl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl, and bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene-4-yl . The term heterocyclic group includes a non-aromatic group and a heteroaromatic group.
The term non-aromatic heterocyclic group includes a saturated or partially unsaturated 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, and a bicyclic group consisting of a saturated or partially unsaturated 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen fused with a benzene ring. An example of a non-aromatic heterocyclic group is 1,3-dihydro- 2H-isoindol-2-yl.
The term heteroaromatic group includes an aromatic 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, and a bicyclic group consisting of a 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen fused with a benzene ring or a 5-6 membered ring containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen. Examples of heteroaromatic groups are furyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazoyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidyl , benzofuryl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzo- thiazolyl and indolyl .
Examples of particular values for an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group are phenyl, 2- chlorophenyl , 2 , 6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4- methoxyphenyl , bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl, (1R, 2R, 3R, 5S) -2 , 6, 6- trimethylbicyclo [3.1. l]hept-2-yl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-l-yl and 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl . In the compounds of formula I, X1 preferably represents NH.
L preferably represents a bond or a group of formula CmH2m-(X3)q-CnH2n in which X3 is 0, S, SO, S02, NH, CF2, CHOH, CH(0(1-4C) alkyl) or CO, q is 0 or 1, and each of m and n is 0 or an integer of from 1 to 4 , provided that when q is 1 and X3 is 0, S, SO, S02 or NH, m is at least 2. Preferably X3 is S or S02, q is 0 or 1, m is 2 and n is 0, 1 or 2. Examples of particular values for L are a bond, -(CH2)2-, -(CH2)3-, -(CH2) -, -CH(CH3)CH2-, - (CH2) 2SCH2- , -(CH2)2)S02CH2-, -CH(CH2CH3)CH2OCH2-, -CH2CHF-, -CH2CF2-,
-CH2CH(OH)- and -CH2CO- . The values of a bond, -(CH2)2-, -(CH2)2SCH2- are especially preferred for , with -(CH2) - being most especially preferred.
R1 preferably represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic group in which the carbocyclic group is selected from an aromatic group, a non-aromatic group and a non-aromatic group fused with an aromatic group.
The carbocyclic group is preferably selected from phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group; (3- 10C) cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by from one to three methyl groups; 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-indenyl ; and 1, 2, 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl .
Examples of particular values for R1 are phenyl, 2- chlorophenyl, 3-bromophenyl , 2 , 6-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-4- fluorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4- methoxyphenyl , 4-phenylphenyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, (1R, 2R, 3R, 5S) -2 , 6 , 6- trimethylbicyclo [3.1.1] hept-2-yl, adamantyl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH- inden-1-yl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl and 1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphth-1-yl .
R2 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a cyano group, or a (1-8C) alkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl, ( 1-6C) alkoxy, hydroxy (1-6C) alkoxy, (1- 6C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl, (1-4C) alkylamino, halo(l- 4C)alkylthio, hydroxy (1-4C) alkylthio, dihydroxy(l- 4C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkanoyl (1- 4C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkoxycarbonyl (1-4C) alkylthio, carboxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkylaminocarbonyl (1- 4C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkanoylamino (1-4C) alkylthio, (1- 4C)alkylaminosulfonyl) (1-4C) alkylthio, di(l- 4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (1-4C) alkylthio, or phenyl(l- 4C)alkylthio in which the phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1-4C) alkyl and (1- 4C) alkoxy.
Examples of particular values for R2 are hydrogen, chlorine, carboxy, cyano, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, trifluoromethyl, ethoxy, 2-hydroxyethyl, ethylamino, 2-fluoroethylthio, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isobutylthio, 2-hydroxyethylthio, 2- hydroxypropylthio, 2 , 3-dihydroxypropylthio, 2- methoxyethy1thio, ethanoylmethylthio, 2-methoxycarbonyl- methylthio, 2-carboxymethylthio 2-methylaminosulfonyl) - ethylthio and 2-dimethylaminophosphonyl) ethylthio .
Preferably R3 and R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000015_0002
Figure imgf000015_0003
h
Figure imgf000015_0004
Figure imgf000016_0001
m
Figure imgf000016_0002
in which:
Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z5, Z6, Z7, Z8, Z9 and Z10 are each selected independently from 0, NR 41 , S, SO and S02;
,11 represents 0, S, CH2 or CH2CH2;
R21 and R22 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, or a group of formula -X-R51 in which X4 represents 0, S, SO, S02, NR52, CO, COO, 0C0, C0NH, NHCO, S02NH, or NHS02 and R51 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a phenyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
R23, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, R32, R36, R37 and R38 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an oxo group, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, (1-4C) alkoxy, a halo(l- 4C) alkyl group, an aryl (1-4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkoxy (1- 4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkylthio group, a (1-
4C) alkylsulfinyl group, a (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl group or a (1- 4C) alkanoyl group; R33, R34 and R35 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
R41 represents a (1-6C) alkyl group or a group of formula Y-Ra in which Y represents CO, COO or CONH and Ra represents (1- 4C) alkyl, phenyl (1-4C) alkyl, phenyl (2-4C) alkenyl, (3- 10C) cycloalkyl, or, when Y is CO, morpholino; and R52 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group.
When X4 represents NR52, R51 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a phenyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group; and R52 represents a hydrogen atom, a (l-4C)alkyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group; or R51 and R52 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form rings of the following structures:
Figure imgf000017_0001
Examples of groups of compounds of formula I of particular interest include compounds of formula
Figure imgf000018_0001
la lb
Figure imgf000018_0002
Idl Id2
Figure imgf000018_0003
ig Iil
Figure imgf000018_0004
Inl
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000019_0002
Figure imgf000019_0003
Id3 Ic2
Examples of values for R21 and R22 are a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a methyl group and a methoxy group.
An example of a value for each of R23 and R24 is hydrogen. Another example of a value for R23 is oxo.
Examples of values for R41 are methyl, benzyl, 2- methyl-3-prop-2-enoyl , cyclopentylcarbonyl , cyclohexycarbonyl , morpholinocarbonyl , cyclohexylaminocarbonyl , adamantylaminocarbonyl and benzylaminocarbonyl , benzyloxycarbonyl .
An example of a value for R26 is hydrogen.
An example of a value for R29 is hydrogen. Examples of values for R34 are hydrogen, chlorine, methyl and ethyl .
An example of a value for R36 is hydrogen.
An example of a value for R37 is hydrogen.
An example of a value for R38 is hydrogen.
Especially preferred compounds included within the scope of formula I are set forth in Table 1 wherein Q represents -NH-L-R1.
Table I .
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
The present invention includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the formula I compounds. These salts can exist in conjunction with the acidic or basic portion of the molecule and can exist as acid addition, primary, secondary, tertiary, or quaternary ammonium, alkali metal, or alkaline earth metal salts. Generally, the acid addition salts are prepared by the reaction of an acid with a compound of formula I. The alkali metal and alkaline earth metal salts are generally prepared by the reaction of the hydroxide form of the desired metal salt with a compound of formula I .
Acids commonly employed to form such salts include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydriodic, sulfuric, and phosphoric acid, as well as organic acids such as para-toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, oxalic, para-bromophenylsulfonic, carbonic, succinic, citric, benzoic, and acetic acid, and related inorganic and organic acids. Such pharmaceutically acceptable salts thus include sulfate, pyrosulfate, bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, phosphate, ammonium, monohydrogenphosphate, dihydrogenphosphate, .meta-phosphate, pyrophosphate, chloride, bromide, iodide, acetate, propionate, decanoate, caprylate, acrylate, formate, isobutyrate, caprate, heptanoate, propiolate, oxalate, malonate, succinate, suberate, sebacate, fumarate, hippurate, butyne-1, 4-dioate, hexane-1, 6-dioate, benzoate, chlorobenzoate, methylbenzoate, dinitrobenzoate, hydroxybenzoate, methoxybenzoate, phthalate, sulfonate, xylenesulfonate, phenylacetate, phenylpropionate, phenylbutyrate, citrate, lactate, α- hydroxybutyrate, glycolate, maleate, tartrate, methanesulfonate, propanesulfonate, naphthalene-1-sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate, mandelate, magnesium, tetramethylammonium, potassium, trimethylammonium, sodium, methylammonium, calcium, and the like salts.
It should be recognized that the particular counterion forming a part of any salt of this invention is usually not of a critical nature, so long as the salt as a whole is pharmacologically acceptable and as long as the counterion does not contribute undesired qualities to the salt as a whole. It is further understood that the above salts may form hydrates or exist in a substantially anhydrous form. As used herein, the term "stereoisomer" refers to a compound made up of the same atoms bonded by the same bonds but having different three-dimensional structures which are not interchangeable. The three-dimensional structures are called configurations. As used herein, the term "enantiomer" refers to two stereoisomers whose molecules are nonsuperimposable mirror images of one another. The term "chiral center" refers to a carbon atom to which four different groups are attached. As used herein, the term "diastereomers" refers to stereoisomers which are not enantiomers . In addition, two diastereomers which have a different configuration at only one chiral center are referred to herein as "epimers". The terms "racemate", "racemic mixture" or "racemic modification" refer to a mixture of equal parts of enantiomers .
The term "enantiomeric enrichment" as used herein refers to the increase in the amount of one enantiomer as compared to the other. A convenient method of expressing the enantiomeric enrichment achieved is the concept of enantiomeric excess, or "ee", which is found using the following equation: ee = E1 - E2 X 100
E1 + Kz
wherein E1 is the amount of the first enantiomer and E2 is the amount of the second enantiomer. Thus, if the initial ratio of the two enantiomers is 50:50, such as is present in a racemic mixture, and an enantiomeric enrichment sufficient to produce a final ratio of 70:30 is achieved, the ee with respect to the first enantiomer is 40%. However, if the final ratio is 90:10, the ee with respect to the first enantiomer is 80%. An ee of greater than 90% is preferred, an ee of greater than 95% is most preferred and an ee of greater than 99% is most especially preferred. Enantiomeric enrichment is readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using standard techniques and procedures, such as gas or high performance liquid chromatography with a chiral column. Choice of the appropriate chiral column, eluent and conditions necessary to effect separation of the enantiomeric pair is well within the knowledge of one of ordinary skill in the art. In addition, the specific stereoisomers and enantiomers of compounds of formula I can be prepared by one of ordinary skill in the art utilizing well known techniques and processes, such as those disclosed by J. Jacques, et al . , "Enantiomers, Racemates, and Resolutions" , John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1981, and E.L. Eliel and S.H. Wilen, "
Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", (Wiley-Interscience 1994), and European Patent Application No. EP-A-838448, published April 29, 1998. Examples of resolutions include recrystallization techniques or chiral chromatography. Some of the compounds of the present invention have one or more chiral centers and may exist in a variety of stereoisomeric configurations. As a consequence of these chiral centers, the compounds of the present invention occur as racemates, mixtures of enantiomers and as individual enantiomers, as well as diastereomers and mixtures of diastereomers. All such racemates, enantiomers, and diastereomers are within the scope of the present invention. The terms "R" and "S" are used herein as commonly used in organic chemistry to denote specific configuration of a chiral center. The term "R" (rectus) refers to that configuration of a chiral center with a clockwise relationship of group priorities (highest to second lowest) when viewed along the bond toward the lowest priority group. The term "S" (sinister) refers to that configuration of a chiral center with a counterclockwise relationship of group priorities (highest to second lowest) when viewed along the bond toward the lowest priority group. The priority of groups is based upon their atomic number (in order of decreasing atomic number) . A partial list of priorities and a discussion of stereochemistry is contained in "Nomenclature of Organic Compounds: Principles and Practice", (J.H. Fletcher, et al . , eds., 1974) at pages 103- 120. The compounds of formula I may be prepared by a process which comprises (a) reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000033_0001
in which Z1 represents a leaving atom or group, with a compound of formula
R1-L-X1H III (b) for a compound of formula I in which R2 represents X2-R5, reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000034_0001
in which Z2 represents a leaving atom or group with a compound of formula
HX2-R5
V or a base salt thereof;
(c) for a compound of formula I in which X1 represents NH, rearranging a compound of formula
Figure imgf000034_0002
followed where desired by forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
In process step (a) , the leaving atom or group represented by Z1 may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom. The reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of a base, for example an alkali metal carbonate, such as potassium carbonate or a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine, or poly (4- vinylpyridine) . The reaction is conveniently conducted at a temperature in the range of from 0 to 1202C. Convenient solvents include alcohols, such as ethanol and amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidinone .
In process step (b) , the leaving atom or group represented by Z2 may be, for example, a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom or an organosulfonyl group such as methanesulfonyl . The reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of a base, for example an alkali metal alkoxide such as potassium t-butoxide. Alternatively, a base salt of the compound of formula V may be used, for example an alkali metal salt such as a sodium or potassium salt. The reaction is conveniently conducted at a temperature in the range of from 0 to 1009C. Convenient solvents include amides such as N, N-dimethy1formamide .
The rearrangement according to process step (c) is conveniently effected in the presence of an anionic ion exchange resin, such as 550A-OH and at a temperature of from 0 to 1202C. Convenient solvents include mixtures of dimethylformamide and alcohols, such as isopropanol.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I may be prepared by conventional methods, for example by reaction with an appropriate acid of base.
Compounds of formula II may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000035_0001
with an appropriate activating agent, for example a halogenating agent such as phosphorous oxychloride. The reaction is conveniently performed at a temperature in the range of from 20 to 150SC.
Compounds of formula XX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000036_0001
XXI with a compound of formula H2NCOR2
XXII The reaction is conveniently performed at an elevated temperature, for example in the range of from 100 to 2202C. Alternatively, compounds of formula XX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXI with a compound of formula
HOOCR2 XXIII or a reactive derivative thereof to afford a compound of formula
Figure imgf000036_0002
XXIV followed by reaction of the compound of formula XXIV with ethyl chloroformate in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, to afford a compound of formula
Figure imgf000037_0001
XXV
The compound of formula XXV is then reacted with concentrated ammonia to afford the compound of formula XX.
Compounds of formula XX may also be prepared by reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000037_0002
XXVI or an ester thereof, such as a methyl ester, with a compound of formula
R2C(=NH)NH2 XXVII or an acid addition salt thereof, such as a hydrochloride or hydrobromide . Convenient solvents include alcohols, such as ethanol . The reaction is conveniently performed at a temperature of from 0 to 100 SC.
Compounds of formula IV may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000037_0003
with a compound of formula III, following the method of step (a) .
Compounds of formula XXVIII may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula XXI with a compound of formula
H2NCONH2 to afford a compound of formula XXVIII in which Z1 and Z2 each represents hydroxyl, followed by reacting this with an appropriate activating agent, for example a halogenating agent such as phosphorous oxychloride.
Compounds of formula VI may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000038_0001
XXIX in which Rp represents an alkyl group, such as methyl, with a compound of formula III in which X1 represents NH.
Convenient solvents include alcohols, such as ethanol . The temperature is conveniently in the range of from 0 to 1009C. Compounds of formula XXIX may be prepared by reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000038_0002
xxx with a trialkylorthoformate, such as trimethylorthoformate . The reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of a cationic ion exchange resin, such as 50wx8-100, and at a temperature in the range of from 0 to 1209C.
Many of the compounds of formula I and the intermediates useful in the preparation of the compounds of for ula I, for example compounds of formula II, IV and VI, are believed to be novel. According to another aspect, the present invention provides the novel compounds of formula I disclosed herein and the novel intermediates disclosed herein. The present invention also provides a process for preparing a novel compound of formula I as described hereinabove .
The biological activity of the compounds of the present invention may be evaluated by employing a phosphoinositide hydrolysis assay or a calcium mobilization assay. As mentioned supra, "metabotropic" glutamate receptors are G- protein, or secondary messenger-linked, receptors. As such, these receptors are linked to multiple second messenger systems which enhance phosphoinositide hydrolysis, activation of phospholipase D, increases or decreases in c- AMP formation, and changes in ion channel function. Schoepp and Conn, Trends in Pharmacol . Sci . , 14, 13 (1993). A general description of the phosphoinositide hydrolysis assay is given as follows:
(a) Cell cultures: mGluRl receptor-expressing cell lines are cultured in DMEM supplemented with 5% heat inactivated fetal calf serum, sodium pyruvate (ImM), glutamine (ImM) , penicillin (lOOU/m ), streptomycin (lOOmg/mL), HEPES (lOmM), geneticin G418 (0.5mg/mL) and hygromycin B (0.2mg/mL). Confluent cultures are passaged weekly.
(b) Phosphoinositide Hydrolysis Assay: Transfected cells are seeded into 24 well culture plates at 2.5 x 105 cells per well in medium containing no added glutamine and cultured at 37°C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% C02 in air. After 24hr, the cells are labeled with [3H] -inositol (4uCi/mL) for a further 20hr. Cells are washed in assay medium containing HEPES (lOmM) , inositol (lOmM) and lithium chloride (lOmM) . Test compounds are added to the cell cultures 20 min prior to the addition of quisqualate and then the culture is further incubated in the presence of agonist for 60 min. The reaction is terminated by replacing the medium with acetone :methanol (1:1) and then incubating the cultures on ice for 20 min. Separation of the [3H] -inositol phosphates is carried out by Sep -Pak Accell Plus QMA ion exchange chromatography (Waters, Millipore Ltd. , UK) according to the method described by Maslanski and Busa {Methods in Inosi tide
Research; ed. Irvine, R.F. pp. 113-126; New York, Raven Press Ltd. 1990). The [3H] -inositol monophosphate (INS PI) fraction is eluted with 0.1M triethyl ammonium bicarbonate buffer and radioactivity measured by liquid scintillation counting. Following the measurement of radioactivity for each fraction eluted, IC50 calculations are made for each test compound examined. The compounds exemplified herein generated IC50 values equal to or less than 10 μM in the phosphoinositide assay herein described. Alternatively, the biological activity of the compounds of the present invention can be determined employing an assay which monitors intracellular calcium ion concentration in response to metabotropic glutamate receptor activation. As stated supra, activation of G-protein coupled receptors triggers a sequence of events which contribute to alterations in intracellular calcium concentration. By monitoring alterations in calcium ion concentration in response to metabotropic glutamate receptor activation, one can identify compounds functional as metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists. A general description of a calcium flux assay which can be employed to determine the biological activity of the compounds of the present invention is given as follows:
(a) Plate Preparation:
Plates containing cells expressing mGluRl are prepared using standard methods well known to those of skill in the art. Reagent plates are prepared containing 160μl/well of buffer (1% DMSO or compound in 1%DMS0 buffer) and additional plates are prepared containing 260μl/well of 10M glutamate in assay buffer.
(b) Calcium Flux Assay: Media is removed from the plates containing the cells expressing mGluRl using a hand held aspirator or standard plate washer. 50μl of lOμM Fluo3 Dye is added to each well which in turn will emit fluorescence upon binding to calcium ions. Cells are incubated at room temperature for approximately 90 minutes to allow the Fluo3 Dye to load into the cells. The dye is then aspirated and replaced with 50μl of buffer. The plates are placed in a fluorescent light imaging plate reader (FLIPR) such that the plate containing the buffer or compound is to the right of the cell plate, while the plate containing the glutamate is placed to the left of the cell plate. The FLIPR is programmed to take background fluorescence readings for 10 seconds then add buffer or compound to the cell plates. After 3 minutes, the FLIPR adds lOOμl of lOμM glutamate to mobilize cellular calcium ion stores and fluorescence is measured for about a minute. Fluorescence values for cells containing buffer are compared relative to cells containing mGluRl antagonist compound. Percent inhibition of mGluRl elicited calcium ion influx, as indexed by fluorescence, is calculated for each compound.
The ability of test compounds to treat forms of pain may be demonstrated by activity in one or more standard tests, such as the formalin test, the Chung neuropathic pain model and the carrageenan test of inflammatory pain.
1) formalin test
Male Sprague-Dawley rats (200-250g; Charles River, Portage, MI) are housed in group cages and maintained in a constant temperature and a 12h light/12h dark cycle 4-7 days before the studies are performed. Animals have free access to food and water at all times prior to the day of the experiment . Drugs or vehicles are administered intraperitoneally (i.p.) or orally (p.o.) by gavage in a volume of 1 mL/kg.
The test is performed in custom-made Plexiglas® boxes 25x25x20x cm in size (according to Shibata et al . , Pain 38; 347-352, 1989, Wheeler-Aceto et al . , Pain, 40; 229-238, 1990) . A mirror placed at the back of the cage allows the unhindered observation of the formalin injected paw. Rats are acclimated individually in the cubicles at least 1 hour prior to the experiment. All testing is conducted between 08:00 and 14:00 h and the testing room temperature is maintained at 21-23°C. Test compounds are administered 30 minutes prior to the formalin injection. Formalin (50 μl of a 5% solution in saline) is injected subcutaneously into the dorsal lateral surface of the right hind paw with a 27 gauge needle. Observation starts immediately after the formalin injection. Formalin-induced pain is quantified by recording in 5 minute intervals the number of formalin injected paw licking events and the number of seconds each licking event lasts. These recordings are made for 50 minutes after the formalin injection.
Different scoring parameters have been reported for the formalin test. The total time spent licking and biting the injected paw was demonstrated to be most relevant (Coderre et al . , Eur. J. Neurosci . 6; 1328-1334, 1993; Abbott et al . , Pain, 60; 91-102, 1995) and is chosen for the testing score. The early phase score is the sum of time spent licking in seconds from time 0 to 5 minutes. The late phase is scored in 5 minute blocks from 15 minutes to 40 minutes and is expressed accordingly or also by adding the total number of seconds spent licking from minute 15 to minute 40 of the observation period. Data are presented as means with standard errors of means (± SEM) . Data are evaluated by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) and the appropriate contrasts analyzed by Dunnett "t" test for two sided comparisons. Differences are considered to be significant if the P-value was less than 0.05 and indicated by asterisk. Statistics were determined at the 5 minute time point and at 5 minute intervals between 15 and 40 minutes. Where data are expressed as total amount of time spent licking in the late phase, statistics are performed on the total time spent licking as well and are indicated accordingly.
The following compounds of formula I have been found to show activity in this test: 4- (Bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino) -8-chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (A) ;
4- (Bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (B) ; 4- (4-Methoxyphenylamino) -6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride
(C) ;
4- [2- (2 , 6-Dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline (D) ;
2- (2-Hydroxyethylthio) -4- (bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino) -6- chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (E) ;
2- (2-Hydroxyethylthio) -4- (4-methoxyphenylamino) - 6- methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride (F) ;
N- (2- ( (2, 6-dichlorobenzyl) thio) ethyl) -2-methyl-5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine, hydrochloride (G) ; and N- (2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (2-hydroxyethylthio) -
5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride (H) .
2. Chung neuropathic pain model
The following compound of formula I has been found to show activity in this test:
4- (Bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (B)
3. Carrageenan test of inflammatory pain The following compounds of formula I have been found to show activity in this test:
4- (Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (B)
4- (4-Methoxyphenylamino) -6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride (C) ; and
N- (2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (2-hydroxyethylthio) -
5, 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride (H) . According to one preferred aspect therefore, the present invention provides a method of treating pain, which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined hereinabove . The ability of test compounds to treat migraine may be demonstrated in the following test.
1. Animal Model of Dural Protein Extravasation
Harlan Sprague-Dawley rats (225-325 g) or guinea pigs from Charles River Laboratories (225-325 g) are anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital intraperitoneally (65 mg/kg or 45 mg/kg respectively) and placed in a stereotaxic frame (David Kopf Instruments) with the incisor bar set at -3.5 mm for rats or -4.0 mm for guinea pigs. Following a midline sagital scalp incision, two pairs of bilateral holes are drilled through the skull (6 mm posterially, 2.0 and 4.0 mm laterally in rats; 4 mm posteriorly and 3.2 and 5.2 mm laterally in guinea pigs, all coordinates referenced to bregma) . Pairs of stainless steel stimulating electrodes, insulated except at the tips (Rhodes Medical Systems, Inc.), are lowered through the holes in both hemispheres to a depth of 9 mm (rats) or 10.5 mm (guinea pigs) from dura.
The femoral vein is exposed and a dose of the test compound is injected intravenously (i.v.) at a dosing volume of lmL/Kg or, in the alternative, test compound is administered orally (p.o.) via gavage at a volume of
2.0mL/Kg. Approximately 7 minutes post i.v. injection, a 50 mg/Kg dose of Evans Blue, a fluorescent dye, is also injected intravenously. The Evans Blue complexed with proteins in the blood and functions as a marker for protein extravasation. Exactly 10 minutes post-injection of the test compound, the left trigeminal ganglion is stimulated for 3 minutes at a current intensity of 1.0 mA (5 Hz, 4 msec duration) with a Model 273 potentiostat/ galvanostat (EG&G Princeton Applied Research) . Fifteen minutes following stimulation, the animals are killed and exsanguinated with 20 mL of saline. The top of the skull is removed to facilitate the collection of the dural membranes . The membrane samples are removed from both hemispheres, rinsed with water, and spread flat on microscopic slides. Once dried, the tissues are coverslipped with a 70% glycerol/water solution.
A fluorescence microscope (Zeiss) equipped with a grating monchromator and a spectrophotometer is used to quantify the amount of Evans Blue dye in each sample. An excitation wavelength of approximately 535 nm is utilized and the emission intensity at 600 nm is determined. The microscope is equipped with a motorized stage and also interfaced with a personal computer. This facilitates the computer-controlled movement of the stage with fluorescence measurements at 25 points (500 mm steps) on each dural sample. The mean and standard deviation of the measurements are determined by the computer.
The extravasation induced by the electrical stimulation of the trigeminal ganglion is an ipsilateral effect (i.e. occurs only on the side of the dura in which the trigeminal ganglion is stimulated) . This allows the other
(unstimulated) half of the dura to be used as a control. The ratio of the amount of extravasation in the dura from the stimulated side, over the amount of extravasation in the unstimulated side, is calculated. Control animals dosed with only saline, yield a ratio of approximately 2.0 in rats and approximately 1.8 in guinea pigs. In contrast, a compound which effectively prevented the extravasation in the dura from the stimulated side would yield a ratio of approximately 1.0. Dose-response curves are generated for each of the panel of compounds and the dose that inhibits the extravasation by
50% (ID50) or 100% (ID100) is approximated.
The following compounds of formula I have been found to show activity in this test: 4- (Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -8-chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (A) ; 4- (Bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (B) ;
4- (4-Methoxyphenylamino) -6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride (C); 4- [2- (2 , 6-Dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline (D) ;
2- (2-Hydroxyethylthio) -4- (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -6- chloroquinazoline hydrochloride (E) ; 2- (2-Hydroxyethylthio) -4- (4-methoxyphenylamino) -6- methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride (F) ;
N- (2- ( (2, 6-dichlorobenzyl) thio) ethyl) -2-methyl-5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine, hydrochloride (G) ; and N- (2, 3-dihydro- 1H-inden-2-yl) -2- (2-hydroxyethylthio) - 5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride (H) . According to one preferred aspect therefore, the present invention provides a method of treating migraine, which comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as defined hereinabove .
The compounds (A) to (H) above have all been found to be selective mGluRl antagonists. In particular, all of the compounds have been found to exhibit at least 10 fold selectivity for mGluRl over mGluR5 in the test described hereinabove.
Figure imgf000048_0001
It is believed that the present application contains the first disclosure that a compound which is a selective mGluRl antagonist is useful for the treatment of migraine. According to another aspect, therefore, the present invention provides a method of treating migraine, which comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a selective mGluRl antagonist. The selective mGluRl antagonist is preferably at least 10 fold selective for mGluRl over mGluR5 , more preferably at least 100 fold selective.
The compounds of the present invention are preferably formulated prior to administration. Therefore, another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical formulation comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The present pharmaceutical formulations are prepared by known procedures using well-known and readily available ingredients. In making the formulations of the present invention, the active ingredient will usually be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier, and may be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper, or other container. When the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material which acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active ingredient. The compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols, ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders.
Some examples of suitable carriers include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum, acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water syrup, methyl cellulose, methyl and propyl hydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil. The formulations can additionally include lubricating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents, or flavoring agents. Formulations of the invention may be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures well known in the art .
The formulations are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form, each dosage containing from about 5 mg to about 500 mg, more preferably about 25 mg to about 300 mg of the active ingredient. The term "unit dosage form" refers to a physically discrete unit suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The following formulation examples are illustrative only and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention in any way.
Forπtulation 1
Hard gelatin capsules are prepared using the following ingredients :
Quantity (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 250
Starch, dried 200 Magnesium stearate 10
Total 460 mg
The above ingredients are mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 460 mg quantities.
Formulation 2
Tablets each containing 60 mg of active ingredient are made as follows:
Active Ingredient 60 mg
Starch 45 mg Microcrystalline cellulose 35 mg
Polyvinylpyrrolidone 4 mg
Sodium carboxymethyl starch 4.5 mg
Magnesium stearate 0.5 mg
Talc 1 mg
Total 150 mg
The active ingredient, starch, and cellulose are passed through a No . 45 mesh U.S. sieve and mixed thoroughly. The solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone is mixed with the resultant powders which are then passed through a No . 14 mesh U.S. sieve. The granules so produced are dried at 50 *C and passed through a No . 18 mesh U.S. sieve. The sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc, previously passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve, are then added to the granules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet machine to yield tablets each weighing 150 mg.
The following examples further illustrate the invention and represent typical syntheses of the compounds of formula I as described generally above. The reagents and starting materials are readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art. As used herein, the following terms have the meanings indicated: "Flash 40S", "Flash 40M", and "Flash 40L" refer to flash chromatography cartridges with the corresponding specifications; 7 X 4 cm, 40 g silica gel; 10 X 4 cm, 90 g silica gel; 21 X 4 cm, 120 g silica gel, respectively. These cartridges are available from Biotage, a division of Dyax, 1500 Avon Street Extended, Charlottesville, Virginia, 22902. It is readily appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art that the purifications and separations performed herein using the above cartridges can also be performed using standard flash chromatography columns prepared in the laboratory using standard flash chromatography silica gel and glass columns; "eq" refers to equivalents; "g" refers to grams; "mg" refers to milligrams; "kPa" refers to kilopascals; "L" refers to liters; "mL" refers to milliliters; "μL" refers to microliters; "mol" refers to moles; "mmol" refers to millimoles; "psi" refers to pounds per square inch; "min" refers to minutes; "h" or "hr" refers to hours; n°C" refers to degrees Celsius; "TLC" refers to thin layer chromatography; "HPLC" refers to high performance liquid chromatography; "Rf" refers to retention factor; "Rt" refers to retention time; "δ"refers to part per million down-field from tetramethylsilane; "THF" refers to tetrahydrofuran; "HMDS" refers to 1,1,1,3,3,3- hexamethyldisilazane; "DMF" refers to N,N- dimethylformamide; "DMSO" refers to methyl sulfoxide; "LDA" refers to lithium diisopropylamide; "MeOH" refers to methanol; "EtOH" refers to ethanol : "NMP" refers to N- methylpyrrolidone; "t-BuONa" refers to sodium t-butoxide; "BINAP" refers to 2 , 2 ' -bis (diphenylphosphino) -1, 1 ' - binaphthyl; "Pd2(dba)3" refers to tris (dibenzylideneactone) dipalladium (0); "EtOAc" refers to ethyl acetate; "aq" refers to aqueous; "iPrOAc" refers to isopropyl acetate; "Ph" refers to phenyl; "PPh3" refers to triphenylphosphine; "DEAD" refers to diethyl azodicarboxylate; "Et3N" refers to triethylamine; "methyl DAST" refers to dimethylaminosulfur trifluoride; "DAST" refers to diethylaminosulfur trifluoride, "DBU" refers to 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene; "TFA" refers to trifluoroacetic acid; "EDCI" refers to l-ethyl-3- [3- (dimethylamino) propyl] -carbodiimide hydrochloride; "HOBt" refers to hydroxybenztriazole; "m-CPBA" refers to m- chloroperoxybenzoic acid; "DME" refers to dimethoxyethane; and "RT" refers to room temperature.
EXAMPLE 1 Preparation of 4- [2- (2 , 6-Dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6- methoxyquinazoline .
Figure imgf000055_0001
(i) 6-Methoxyquinazolin-4 (3H) -one .
A mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzoic acid (3.34g, 20mmol) and formamide (20mL) was stirred at 130° for 1 hour and then at 160°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into water (300mL) . The resulting white flocculent precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with H20 on the sinter, and dried in vacuo at 50°C, to give the product as a fawn solid, (ii) 4-Chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline A mixture of 6-methoxyquinazoline-4 (3H) -one (3g,17mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (150mL) was heated under reflux for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled and evaporated in vacuo to give an amber oil. This oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed sequentially with 2M sodium carbonate, then water, and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the product as a white solid.
(iii) 4- [2- (2 , 6-Dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline.
A mixture of 4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (200mg, 1.02mmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine (291mg, 1.23mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (894μl, 5.14mmol) in absolute ethanol (20mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was then evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as an off-white semi- solid/oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 161-3°C) .
EXAMPLE 2 Preparation of 4- [2- (2 , 6-Dichlorophenyl) ethylamino] -6- methoxyquinazoline .
Figure imgf000056_0001
A mixture of 4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (lOOmg, 0.51mmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorophenyl) ethylamine (117mg,
0.62mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (447μl, 2.57mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (5mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (50mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a light-yellow solid. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent ethyl acetate) to give the title compound as a white solid. (m.p.
200-201°C) .
EXAMPLE 3 Preparation of 4- (4-Methoxyphenylamino) -6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000057_0001
A mixture of 4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (50mg, 0.26mmol), 4-methoxyaniline (158mg, 1.28mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (223μl, 1.28mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (2mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 60 hours, than at 70°C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled, poured into water (60mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow solid. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent ethyl acetate) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid. The free base was dissolved in 0.5 molar ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (m.p. 262-4°C) .
EXAMPLE 4 Preparation of 2-Ethyl-4- [2- (2 , 6- dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline .
Figure imgf000057_0002
(i) 2-Ethyl-6-methoxyquinazolin-4 (3H) -one. An intimate mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzoic acid (2g,
12mmol) and propionamide (12g, 164mmol) was stirred at 150°C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, dissolved in the minimum volume of dichloromethane, and purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent ethyl acetate) to give the product as a pinkish solid, (ii) 2-Ethyl-4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline. A mixture of 2-ethyl-6-methoxyquinazolin-4 (3H) -one (800mg, 3.92mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (50mL) was heated under reflux for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and then evaporated in vacuo . The residual gum was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed sequentially with 2M sodium carbonate, water, and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a brown solid. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent n- hexane 50% diethyl ether) to give the product as a yellow solid.
(iii) 2-Ethyl-4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6- methoxyquinazoline .
A mixture of 2-ethyl-4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (lllmg, 0.50mmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthioethylamine (142mg, 0.60mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (435μl, 2.5mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (5mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (lOOmL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the title compound as a white solid. (m.p. 186-7°C) .
EXAMPLE 5 Preparation of 2-Trifluoromethyl-4- [2- (2 , 6- dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino-6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000059_0001
(i) 2-Trifluoromethyl-6-methoxyquinazolin-4 (3H) -one. An intimate mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzoic acid (3g, 18mmol) and trifluoroacetamide (6.18g, 54mmol) was stirred at 150°C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, dissolved in the minimum of dichloromethane and purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the product as a pinkish-purple solid. ( ii ) 2-Trifluoromethyl-4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline . A mixture of 2-trifluoromethyl-6-methoxyquinazoline-4 (3H) - one (542mg, 2.22mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (25mL) was heated under reflux for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and then evaporated in vacuo . The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed consecutively with 2M sodium carbonate (2X) and saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a pink solid, (iii) 2-Trifluoromethyl-4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) - ethylamino-6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride.
A mixture of 2-trifluoromethyl-4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (198mg, 0.75mmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine (214mg, 0.91mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (487mg, 3.78mmol) in absolute ethanol (20mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo, then the residue was redissolved in the minimum of dichloromethane and purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent hexane 50% diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride added and the solution evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p.139-140°C) .
EXAMPLE 6 Preparation of 2-Chloro-4- [2- (2 , 6- dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000060_0001
(i) 2 , 4-Dihydroxy-6-methoxyquinazoline.
An intimate mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzoic acid (2.5g, 15mmol) and urea (1.52g, 25.4mmol) was stirred at 200°C for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, the solid residue mechanically broken up, and 2M sodium hydroxide (50mL) added. The small amount of insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was saturated with carbon dioxide. The resultant greenish precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to give the product as a green solid.
(ii) 2 , 4-Dichloro-6-methoxyquinazoline . A mixture of 2 , 4-dihydroxy-6-methoxyquinazoline (1.4g. 7.95mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (50mL) was heated under reflux for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, and evaporated in vacuo . The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed consecutively with 2M sodium carbonate (2x) , water and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The ethyl acetate phase was then dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered, and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether 50% hexane) to give the product as a yellow solid.
(iii) 2-Chloro-4- [2- (2, 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6- methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride. A mixture of 2 , 4-dichloro-6-methoxy-quinazoline (212mg, lmmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine (236mg, lmmol) and diisopropylethylamine (870μl, 5mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (lOmL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (50mL), extracted ethyl acetate (3x) and the combined organic extracts washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow gum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid. The free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride (2mL) and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 198-200°C) .
EXAMPLE 7 Preparation of 2- (2-Hydroxyethylthio) -4- [2- (2 , 6- dichlorobenzylthio) -ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000061_0001
To a mixture of 2-mercaptoethanol (25μl, 0.35mmol) and potassium-tert-butoxide (39mg, 0.35mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (2mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere at ambient temperature was added a solution of 2-chloro-4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline (50mg, 0.12mmol) . The reaction mixture was then stirred at 90°C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled, poured into water (lOOmL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a white gum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid. The free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride (2mL) and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 222-224°C) .
EXAMPLE 8 Preparation of 2-Ethylthio-4- [2- (2 , 6- dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000062_0001
A mixture of 2-chloro-4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) - ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline (lOOmg, 0.23mmol) and sodium ethylthiolate (27mg, 0.25mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (2mL) was stirred at ambient temperature. After 24 hours a further aliquot of sodium ethylthiolate (27mg, 0.25mmol) was added and stirring at ambient temperature continued for a further 24 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow gum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether 33% hexane) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid. The free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 198-200°C) .
EXAMPLE 9 Preparation of 6-Chloro-4- [2- (2 , 6- dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] thieno[2, 3-d] pyrimidine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000064_0001
(i) Methyl-5-chloro-3-cyano-2-thienyliminoformate A mixture of 2-amino-3-cyano-5-chlorothiophene (500mg, 3.13mmol), trimethylorthoformate (20mL) and cationic ion exchange resin 50wx8-100 (which had been prewashed with methanol and dried in vacuo) was stirred at 80°C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered, the filtered solid washed with dichloromethane and methanol, and the combined filtrate and washings evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a yellow oil. (ii) 6-Chloro-3- [2- (2, 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethyl] - thieno [2 , 3-d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -imine.
A solution of methyl-5-chloro-3-cyano 2-thienyliminoformate (300mg, 1.5mmol) and 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine (407mg. 1.64mmol) in absolute ethanol (12mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a light brown solid.
(iii) 6-Chloro-4- [2- (2, 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] thieno- [2, 3-d] pyrimidine hydrochloride. To a solution of 6-chloro-3- [2- (2 , 6-dichlobenzylthio) - ethyl] thieno [2 , 3-d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -imine (620mg 1.53mmol) in a 9:1 mixture of dimethylformamide/isopropanol (20mL) was added anionic ion exchange resin 550A-0H (4g) , and the suspension was then stirred at 85°C for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtered solid was washed with methanol, and the combined filtrate and washings evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as an amber oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent hexane: diethylether = 1:2) to yield the title compound as an off white solid (m.p. 168-70°C) .
EXAMPLES 10 and 11
Following the method of Example 9, the following compounds were prepared:
Figure imgf000065_0002
Figure imgf000065_0001
Example 10 Example 11
EXAMPLE 12 Preparation of 2-n-Butyl-4- [2- (2 , 6- dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoLine .
Figure imgf000066_0001
(i) 2-n-Butyl-6-methoxyquinazolin-4 (3H) -one. An intimate mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxybenzoic acid (2g. 12mmol) and valeramide (16.94g, 167mmol) was stirred at 150°C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled, dissolved in dichloromethane (lOOmL) and purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) , to give the product as on off-white solid, (ii) 2-n-Butyl-4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline . A mixture of 2-n-butyl-6-methoxyquinazolin-4 (3H) -one (750mg, 3mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (80mL) was heated under reflux for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled and evaporated in vacuo . The residual gum was dissolved in ethyl acetate and then washed successively with 2M sodium carbonate solution (2x) , water and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the product as a yellow oil.
(iii) 2-n-Butyl-4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6- methoxyquinazoline .
A solution of 2-n-butyl-4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (125mg, 0.5mmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine (114mg, 0.6mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (434μl, 2.5mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (5mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (50mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow gum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the product as a white glass. The free base was dissolved in absolute ethanol (lOmL) and a 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride solution (528μl) was added. The solution was then cooled at 5°C for 16 hours and the crystalline precipitate collected by filtration and dried in vacuo, to yield the title compound as white crystals, (m.p. 202-3°C) .
EXAMPLES 13 TO 25
The compounds of Examples 13 to 25 were prepared following the method of Example 12. The amine starting material used in the preparation of the compound of Example 21 was prepared as follows:
(i) 2- (2, 6-dichlorobenzylsulphoxidyl) ethylamine To a solution of 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine (2.36g, lOmmol) in methanol (200mL) was added, with ice-bath cooling, a solution of sodium periodate (2.57g, 12mmol) in water (200mL) . The reaction mixture was then filtered, and the methanol evaporated in vacuo. The remaining aqueous phase was then saturated with sodium chloride and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) . The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a yellow oil, which slowly crystallized on standing, (ii) 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylsuphonyl) ethylamine . To a solution of 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylsulphoxidyl) ethylamine (504mg, 2mmol) in methanol (8mL) was added a solution of potassium peroxymonosulfate (1.23g, 2mmol) in water (60mL) and the mixture stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was then evaporated in vacuo to dryness, re-suspended in saturated sodium chloride solution and neutralized with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous phase was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) and the combined organic extracts dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a white gum.
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
FB = Free base C1 = hydrochloride salt EXAMPLE 26 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamino] -6- methoxyquinazoline
Figure imgf000070_0001
A mixture of 4-chloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (4.86mg, 0.025mmol), 2- (2-chlorophenylethylamine (ll.δmg, 0.075mmol) and poly (4-vinylpyridine) (50mg) in dry dimethylformamide (ImL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours, then at 50°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled, then polybenzaldehyde resin [1.7mmol/g] (147mg) and more dimethylformamide (ImL) were added. The mixture was then stirred at ambient temperature for a further 20 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtered solid washed with dimethylformamide (2 x ImL) . The filtrate was diluted with methanol (2mL) and subjected to ion-exchange chromatography [500mg/3mL SCX column which had been pre- washed with methanol (2.5mL)] The column was washed with methanol (2.5mL) and then the product was eluted with 2.3M methanolic ammonia (2.5mL). The eluent was evaporated under nitrogen at 70°C to yield the title compound as a white solid. (MS: m/e 314, 316)
EXAMPLES 27-29 The following compounds were prepared following the method of Example 26.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Example 27 Example 28
Figure imgf000071_0002
Example 29
Figure imgf000071_0004
FB = Free base
EXAMPLE 30 Preparation of 4- (Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloro-2- methylquinazoline .
Figure imgf000071_0003
(i) 2- (Acetylamino) -5-chlorobenzoic acid. To a solution of 5-chloro-2-aminobenzoic acid (5.15g, 30mmol) in dry pyridine (lOOmL) was added, dropwise, with ice-bath cooling, acetyl chloride (2.2mL, 30mmol) . The mixture was then allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness in vacuo, water added, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) . The combined organic extracts were washed with IM hydrochloric acid (2x) , water and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a white solid, (ii) 6-Chloro-2-methyl-4H-3 , l-benzoxazin-4-one . To a suspension of 2- (acetylamino) -5-chlorobenzoic acid (5.8g, 27.2mmol) in dry diethyl ether (lOOmL) was added, dropwise, triethylamine (4.2mL, 29.9mmol). To the resultant clear solution was added, dropwise, ethyl chloroformate (2.9mL, 29.9mmol), and the mixture then stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrates evaporated in vacuo to give the product as an off white solid.
(iii) 6-Chloro-2-methylquinazoline-4 (3H) -one. A mixture of 6-chloro-2-methyl-4H-3 , l-benzoxazin-4-one (2.8g, 14.3 mmol) and 0.880 ammonia solution (20mL) was heated in a sealed tube at 100°C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as an off white solid, (iv) 4, 6-Dichloro-2-methylquinazoline. A mixture of 6-chloro-2-methylquinazolin-4- (3H) -one (2.60g, 13.4mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (125mL) was heated under reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled, and then evaporated in vacuo to give an amber gum, which was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with (1) 2M sodium carbonate solution (2x) , water and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as an orange solid. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the product as a yellow solid, (v) 4- (Bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloro-2- methylquinazoline . A solution of 4 , 6-dichloro-2-methylquinazoline (106mg, 0.5mmol) and exo-2-aminonorbornane (61mg, 0.55mmol) in absolute ethanol (6mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent : hexane 50% diethyl ether) to give the title compound as an off-white solid (m.p. 156°C) .
EXAMPLE 31
The compound of Example 31 was prepared by the method of Example 30.
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000074_0003
FB = Free Base
EXAMPLE 32 Preparation of 4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] 2- ethoxy-6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride
Figure imgf000074_0002
(i) 2, 4-Dihydroxy-6-methoxyquinazoline An intimate mixture of 2-amino-5-methoxy benzoic acid (2g, 12mmol) and urea (1.22g, 20.3mmol) was stirred at 200°C for 1.5 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled, the solid residue partially broken up mechanically, and then partially dissolved in 2M sodium hydroxide solution (lOmL) at ambient temperature. The fine suspension was filtered, and the filtrate was saturated with carbon dioxide ("dry-ice" pellets), and cooled at 5°C for 20 hours. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo at 50°C to give the product as a green solid. (ii) 2 , 4-Dichloro-6-methoxyquinazoline
A mixture of 2 , 4-dihydroxy-6-methoxyqunazoline (1.4g, 7.9mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (50mL) was heated under reflux for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and evaporated in vacuo . The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, and washed with 2M sodium carbonate solution (2x) , water and then saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the product as a yellow solid.
(iii) 2-Chloro-4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -6- methoxyquinazoline . A solution of 2 , 4-dichloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (212mg, lmmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzyethio) ethylamine (236mg, lmmol) and diisopropylethylamine (870μl, 5mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (lOmL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water (lOOmL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water and saturated sodium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow semi crystalline oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the product as a white solid.
(iv) 4- [2- (2 , 6-Dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamino] -2-ethoxy-6- methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride.
A mixture of 2-chloro-4- [2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) - ethylamino] -6-methoxyquinazoline (60mg, 0.14mmol) and 5% sodium ethoxide solution (5mL) was heated at 100°C for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and poured into water (70mL) . The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as an amber gum. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the product as a yellow foam. The free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride (2mL) and then evaporated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (m.p. 227-8°C) .
EXAMPLE 33
The compound of Example 33 was prepared by the method of Example 32, except that, in step (iv), ethylamine (30% w/w solution in ethanol) and Hunigs base were used in place of sodium ethoxide .
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000076_0002
HCl = hydrochloride salt EXAMPLES 34 TO 41 (i) 4-Amino-3-cyano-1, 2,5, 6-tetrahydropyridine A cooled (-65°C) mechanically stirred solution of 3,3'- iminodipropionitrile (41. Og, 300mmol, weight corrected for purity of 90%) under nitrogen was treated dropwise with 1.0 N lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide/tetrahydrofuran (330 mL, 330 mmol) at a rate to keep the pot temperature below -50°C (a precipitate soon began to form) . The solution was stirred at -60°C for lh after the addition was complete, then warmed to -20°C over 30 min and quenched with 5N aqueous ammonium chloride (75 mL, 375 mmol) . Water (100 mL) and 2-propanol (100 mL) were added, and the mixture was separated into two layers. The aqueous layer was extracted with 3:1 ethyl acetate/2-propanol containing a little methanol (6x150 mL, alternatively, continuous extraction can be used) , and the combined organic extracts and initial organic layer were dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered, and concentrated in vacuo . The residual solid was triturated from acetonitrile/2-propanol (two crops) to afford 4-amino- 3-cyano-1, 2, 5 , 6-tetrahydropyridine (25.9g, 70%) as a white solid; mp 160 - 162°C.
(ii) 4-Amino-3-cyano-1- (1, 1-Dimethylethoxycarbonyl) -1,2,5,6- tetrahydropyridine
A suspension of 4-amino-3-cyano-1, 2 , 5, 6-tetrahydro- pyridine (3.70g, 30 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was treated with di-t-butyl dicarbonate (7.64g, 35 mmol) , after which bubbling ensued. After 2h at ambient temperature, some mild heating was applied to drive the reaction to completion, then the solution was concentrated in vacuo . The residue was taken up in methylene chloride and loaded onto silica gel, then eluted initially with methylene chloride, then with 4:1 ethyl acetate/methylene chloride to collect product. This yielded the subject compound (5.89g, 88%) as a white solid. (iii) 4- ( (2- (2-Chlorophenyl) ethyl) amino) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine
A solution of 4-amino-3-cyano-l- (1, 1-dimethylethoxy- carbonyl) -1, 2 , 5, 6-tetrahydropyridine (2.90g, 13 mmol) in trimethyl orthoformate (40 mL) was treated with two drops of methanesulfonic acid and heated to 60-65°C under nitrogen for 45 min, then another two drops of acid was added and heating continued for 45 additional minutes. The solution was concentrated in vacuo to a yellow solid, and this was taken up in absolute ethanol (40 mL) , treated with 2- (2- chlorophenyl ) ethylamine (2.57g, 16.5 mmol), and stirred at ambient temperature for 18h. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, redissolved in 9:1 ethanol/water (40 mL) , placed in a 125 mL pressure bottle, heated to 100°C for 18h, then concentrated in vacuo . The residue was chromatographed on silica gel (eluted with 7:3 ethyl acetate/methylene chloride, then ethyl acetate) to afford 4.16g (82%) of the Boc-amine. A portion of this obtained from several batches (5.84g, 15 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 methylene chloride/trifluoroacetic acid (40 mL) , and bubbling ensued. The mixture was stirred for 2h, then concentrated in vacuo . Some toluene was added, and concentration was continued to eliminate excess trifluoroacetic acid, then the salt was triturated from ether and taken up in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) . DOWEXR 550A OH hydroxide resin (25g) was added, and the mixture was stirred for a few minutes and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was triturated from ether to afford the subject compound (4.21g, 97%) as a pale yellow solid. Mass calculated For Ci57ClN4: 288.8; M+l found 289.2
Following a similar procedure, the following compounds were also prepared: 4- ( (2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethyl) amino-5 , 6,7,8- tetrahydropyrido [4, 3-d] pyrimidine and 4- (2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl)amino-5, 6,7,8- tetrahydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine .
(iv) Final products
Commercially available acid chlorides, sulphonyl chlorides, isocyanates, and isothiocyanates [100 μL, 0.8 M in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, 80 μmol per well] , the appropriate product of step (III) [100μL, 0.6 M in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran, 60 μmol per well] , and 300 μL tetrahydrofuran were agitated overnight (18h) in a modified plate containing 2 mL glass wells (96) on an orbital shaker (plates placed on sides for better mixing) , after Dowex-OH 550-A anion resin (60 mg) had been added to wells containing acid chlorides and sulphonyl chlorides to absorb any HCl formed.
The contents were filtered through a filter plate by uptake and delivery from an 8-way Eppendorf Repeater pipette fitted with 1 mL disposable tips. Scavenging strategy as shown for electrophiles involved mixed bed polyamine resin and isocyanate resin (~60mg, -2meq/g each) in one pot with THF added as necessary for proper solvation. The plates were shaken on an orbital shaker overnight (18h) . TLC's taken in 1:19 MeOH:CHCl2 showed pure products, as did mass spec. Compounds were salted with HCl (-900 μmol/well / 2umol/μL = 450 μL/well 2 M HCl), and concentrated to remove excess HCl.
EXAMPLE 34 Preparation of 4- ( (2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethyl) amino) -6- (2-methyl-3-phenyl) prop-2-enoyl) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine: mass calculated: 512.3; M+l found 513.7.
Figure imgf000080_0001
EXAMPLE 35 Preparation of 4- ( (2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl) amino) -6- morpholinocarbonyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4,3- d] pyrimidine: mass calculated: 401.3; M+l found 402.8
Figure imgf000080_0002
EXAMPLE 36 Preparation of 4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lf-"-inden-2-yl) amino-6- morpholinocarbonyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4,3- d] pyrimidine: mass calculated: 379.5; M+l found 380.5
Figure imgf000080_0003
EXAMPLE 37
Preparation of 4- ( (2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl) amino) -6- cyclohexylamino-carbonyl-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4, 3- d] pyrimidine: mass calculated: 413.4; M+l found 414.8
Figure imgf000081_0001
EXAMPLE 38 Preparation of 4- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) amino-6- cyclohexylamino-carbonyl-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4 , 3- d] pyrimidine: mass calculated: 391.5; M+l found 392.5
Figure imgf000081_0002
EXAMPLE 39 Preparation of 4- ( (2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl) amino) -6- adamantanylamino-carbonyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4,3- d] pyrimidine: mass calculated: 465.4; M+l found 466.7.
Figure imgf000081_0003
EXAMPLE 40 Preparation of 4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) amino-6-5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine: mass calculated: 443.6; M+l found 444.7.
Figure imgf000082_0001
EXAMPLE 41
Preparation of 4- ( (2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethyl) amino) -6- benzylaminocarbonyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4,3- d] pyrimidine : mass calculated: 501.2; M+l found 502.5.
Figure imgf000082_0002
EXAMPLE 42 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylthio) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine
Figure imgf000082_0003
2-Methylthio-4-chloro-4 ,5,6, 7-tetrahydroquinazoline (Chem. Pharm. Bull. 31 (1983) 2254) (3.36g, 15.6 mmol) and 2- aminoindane (2.1g, 15.8 mmol) were dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidinone (20mL) , potassium carbonate (2.4g, 17.4 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N2 and heated at 100°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent chloroform/methanol) to give 5.5g of a solid which was recrystallized from ethyl acetate/hexane (59:1) to give the title compound as a white solid of melting point 185-187°C.
EXAMPLE 43 Preparation of N- (2 , 3 -dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (ethoxy) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000083_0001
(i) N- (2, 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine .
N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2 - (methylthio) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (5g, 16.1 mmol) was dissolved in acetone/water ( 19 : 1) (lOOmL) and stirred at ambient temperature. Oxone (20.5g, 33.3 mmol) dissolved in water
(25mL) was added portionwise to the stirred reaction mixture. When addition was complete the mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was dried
(magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent chloroform/methanol, 59:1) to give 5.2g of the title compound as a white solid of melting point 145-147°C. (ii) N- (2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (ethoxy)-5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride
Sodium (400mg, 17.4 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50mL) at ambient temperature under nitrogen. N- (2 , 3-dihydro-2ff- inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin- 4-amine (600mg, 17.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated for 3 hours at 50°C. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give a yellow oil (300mg) which was taken up in ethanol (5mL), 0.5N ethanolic HCl (2mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (40mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 137-140°C.
EXAMPLE 44 N- (2, 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (2-hydroxyethylthio) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000084_0001
The product of Example 43 (i) (500mg, 1.45 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (7mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (500mg, 4.4 mmol) was added followed by 2-mercaptoethanol (lmL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 85°C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane 1:1) to give a colorless oil which was taken up in ethanol (5mL) . 0.5N ethanolic HCl (2mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (40mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, 230mg, melting point 173-176°C.
EXAMPLE 45 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-2ff-inden-2-yl) -2- (2- methoxyethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000085_0001
The product of Example 43 (i) (1.2g, 3.36 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (560mg, 5 mmol) was added followed by 2-methoxyethanethiol (500mg, 5.4mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 95°C for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:2) to give a yellow oil which was taken up in ethanol (5mL) . 0.5N Ethanolic HCl (4mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (70mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 181-183°C.
Example 46 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2-propyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine .
Figure imgf000086_0001
4-Chloro-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-2-propylquinazoline ( 690mg, 3.18mmol)(GB Patent 1,152,883, CA 71 112965) and 2- aminoindane (450mg, 3.38 mmol) were dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidinone (lOmL). Potassium carbonate (465mg, 3.36 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N and heated at 100°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give the title compound, as a white solid of melting point 193-195°C. EXAMPLE 47 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2- (ethylthio) 6 , 7-dihydro-5ff-cyclopenta [d]pyrimidin-4-amine.
Figure imgf000087_0001
2-Ethyl-l , 5,6, 7-tetrahydro-4ff-cyclopentapyrimidin-4-one (700mg, 3.6mmol) (Nucleosides Nucleotides (1994) 891) was suspended under nitrogen in phosphorus oxychloride/1, 2- dichloroethane (1:1) (lOmL) and heated under reflux for 15 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and taken up in chloroform. The crude product was washed with cold dilute sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a dark oil. The oil was taken up in N-methylpyrrolidinone (lOmL), potassium carbonate (465mg, 3.36 mmol) and 2-aminoindane (475mg, 3.6mmol) were added, and the reaction mixture was heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give the title compound, as a white solid which was recrystallized from ethyl acetate/hexane, melting point 154- 156°C.
EXAMPLE 48 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (ethylthio) - 5, 6-dimethylpyrimidine-4-amine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000088_0001
Prepared in a similar manner to Example 47 above from 2- aminoindane and 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -5 , 6- dimethylpyrimidine (CA. 91 123704) . Melting point 104- 106°C.
EXAMPLE 49 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (propylthio) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000088_0002
N- (2, 3-dihydro -1H-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5 , 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (600mg, 1.75 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- ert-butoxide (560mg, 5 mmol) was added followed by 1-propanethiol (550mg, 7.25mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give a yellow oil which was taken up in ethanol (5mL), 0.5N ethanolic HCl (4mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (70mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 185-187°C.
EXAMPLE 50 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (1- methylethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000089_0001
Prepared in a similar manner to Example 49 above from N- (2, 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine and 2-propanethiol. Melting point 177-179°C.
EXAMPLE 51 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (2- methylpropylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000089_0002
Prepared in a similar manner to Example 49 above from N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl ) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine and 2-methylpropane-l-thiol . Melting point 180-182°C.
EXAMPLE 52 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2- (2-oxo- propylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000090_0001
N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (660mg, 1.85 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- ert-butoxide (265mg, 2.36 mmol) was added followed by l-mercapto-2- propanol (230mg, 2.5mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane) to give N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (2- hydroxpropy1thio) -5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine as a yellow oil (700mg) which showed a main peak of 356 by mass spectroscopy. This oil was oxidized under Swern conditions (Tet. (1978) 34, 1651). The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane) to give a clear oil (350mg) which was taken up in ethanol (5mL), 0.5N ethanolic HCl (4mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (70mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 177-180°C.
EXAMPLE 53 Preparation of 6-Benzyl-N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-indenyl) -2 - (methy1thio) -6, 7-dihydro-5ff-pyrrolo [3 , 4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine .
Figure imgf000091_0001
(i) 6-Benzyl-2- (methylthio) -3,5,6, 7-tetrahydro-4ff- pyrrolo [3 , 4-d]pyrimidin-4-one . Sodium carbonate (6g, 56mmol) was dissolved in water (200mL) and stirred at ambient temperature, S-Methylisothiouronium sulfate (lOg, 36mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred until all the solids were dissolved. Ethyl-l-benzyl-4- oxopyrrolidine-3-carboxylate (8.8g 35.6mmol) (Synth. Comm. (1996) 1659) was added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 22 hours. Chloroform (200mL) was added, the organic was collected, dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an off-white solid. Column chromatography (eluent chloroform/methanol) gave the title compound, 3.9g as a white solid. Mass spectroscopy showed 274 (MH+) as the major peak.
(ii) 6-Benzyl-4-chloro-2- (methylthio) -6, 7-dihydro-5ff- pyrrolo [3 , 4-d] pyrimidine. 6-Benzyl-2- (methylthio) -3,5,6, 7-tetrahydro-4ff-pyrrolo [3 , 4- d]pyrimidin-4-one (2.3g 8.4mmol) was dissolved in 1,2- dichloroethane (15mL) at ambient temperature under nitrogen, phosphorus oxychloride (20mL) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux under nitrogen overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, taken up in chloroform and washed with cold dilute aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to a dark oil. Column chromatography (eluent chloroform/methanol) gave the title compound, 2.05g as a dark oil. Mass spectroscopy showed 293/295 (MH+) as the major peak, (iii) 6-Benzyl-N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-indenyl) -2- (methylthio) - 6 , 7-dihydro-5ff-pyrrolo [3 , 4-d]pyrimidin-4-amine .
6-Benzyl-4-chloro-2- (methylthio) -6, 7-dihydro-5ff-pyrrolo [3 , 4- d] pyrimidine (0.8g, 2.75mmol) and 2-aminoindane (350mg, 2.63 mmol) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (lOmL), potassium carbonate (0.5g, 3.6 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N2 and heated at 90°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane) to give 200mg of a clear oil which was taken up in ethanol (5mL) . 0.5N ethanolic HCl (3mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (70mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 152.5-154°C.
EXAMPLE 54 Preparation of Methyl 2- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2- ylamino) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl) thio) acetate.
Figure imgf000093_0001
A 4mL Reacti-Vial was charged sequentially with a 0.24M solution of potassium tert-butoxide in dry N-methyl pyrrolidinone (0.5mL), a 0.24M solution of methyl thioglycolate in dry N-methyl pyrrolidinone (0.5mL) and a 0.06M solution of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine in dry N-methyl pyrrolidinone (0.5mL) . The Vial was flushed with nitrogen and capped. The contents of the Vial were heated to 80°C and stirred for 64 hours. The Vial was cooled and its contents quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (ImL) . Chloroform (ImL) was added, and the Vial was recapped and agitated vigorously to extract the organic material into the chloroform phase. A 3mL cartridge containing an octadecyl C18 disc was charged with the contents of the Vial . Only the organic phase passed through the disc and this recovered solution was treated with methanol (ImL) . The mixture was then passed through a 3mL cartridge containing 500mg of methanol-conditioned benzenesulfonic acid resin under gravity. The column was washed with fresh methanol (3mL) . The initial filtrate and washings were discarded. Finally, the column was eluted with 2N ammonia in methanol (3mL) to release the purified product from the resin. Solvent was removed from the eluate in vacuo to yield 2.9mg of methyl 2- { [4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2- ylamino) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl] -thio} acetate (26%) as a dark brown oil. m/z 370 [M+H] + . XH n.m.r. data: 7.22ppm (s, 4H) ; 4.99- 4.95ppm (m, IH) ; 3.91ppm (s, 2H) ; 3.70ppm (s, 3H) ; 3.35ppm (d, 2H) ; 2.90ppm (d, 2H) , 2.19ppm (bs 2H) , 1.79ppm (bs, 6H)
EXAMPLES 55-64
Following a method similar to that described in Example 54, the following compounds were prepared:
EXAMPLE 55 Preparation of 3- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-ylamino) -
5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl) thio) propane-1, 2-diol .
Figure imgf000094_0001
m/z 372 [M+H] + . H n.m.r. data: 7.20-7.18ppm (m, 4H) ; 5.00- 4.93ppm (m, 2H) ; 4.01-3.95ppm (m, IH) ; 3.73-3.66ppm (m, 2H) ; 3.49-3.31ppm (m, 2H) ; 3.29ppm (d, 2H) ; 2.85ppm (dd, 2H) ; 2.67ppm (bs, 2H) ; 2.18ppm (bs, 2H) ; 1.78ppm (bs, 4H) .
EXAMPLE 56 Preparation of 2- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-ylamino) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl) thio) -N-methylacetamide .
Figure imgf000094_0002
m/z 369 [M+H] + . 1H n.m.r. data: 7.35ppm (bs, IH) ; 7.22- 7.17ppm (m, 4H) ; 5.00-4.89ppm (m, 2H) ; 3.82ppm (s, 2H) ; 3.46-3.35ppm (m, 2H) ; 2.95-2.83ppm (m, 2H) ; 2.81ρpm (s, 3H) ; 2.71pρm (bs, 2H) ; 2.17ppm (bs, 2H) ; 1.79ppm (bs, 4H) .
EXAMPLE 57 Preparation of 1- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-ylamino) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl ) thio) propan-2-ol .
Figure imgf000095_0001
m/z 356 [M+H] + . XH n.m.r. data: 7.22-7.17ppm (m, 4H) ; 4.97-
4.93ppm (m, 2H) ; 4.22-4.16ppm (m, IH) ; 3.47-3.31ppm (m, 3H) ; 3.20-3.13ppm (m, IH) ; 2.91ppm (dd, 2H) ; 2.74ppm (bs, 2H) ;
2.18ppm (bs, 2H) ; 1.78ppm (bs, 4H) ; 1.30ppm (d, 3H) .
EXAMPLE 58 Preparation of Methyl 3- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2- ylamino) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl ) thio) propanoate m/z 384 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000095_0002
EXAMPLE 59 Preparation of 2- (benzylthio) -N- ( 2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine. m/z 388 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000096_0001
EXAMPLE 60 Preparation of 2- ( (2-chlorobenzyl) thio) -N- (2 , 3 -dihydro-lff- inden-2-yl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine m/z 422 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000096_0002
EXAMPLE 61 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2- (hexylthio) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine . m/z 382 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000096_0003
EXAMPLE 62
Preparation of N- (2, 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- ( (3- phenylpropyl ) thio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine m/z 416 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000097_0001
EXAMPLE 63 Preparation of N- (2- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-ylamino) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl) thio) ethyl) acetamide m/z 383 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000097_0002
EXAMPLE 64 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl) -2- ( (2 , 2 , 2- trifluoroethyl) -thio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine m/z 380 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000097_0003
EXAMPLE 65
Preparation of 3- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-ylamino] 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-2-yl) thio) butan-2-ol m/z 370 [M+H]+.
Figure imgf000098_0001
EXAMPLE 66 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-IH-inden-2-yl) -2-ethylthio) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine.
Figure imgf000098_0002
(i) 2- (ethylthio) -5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4 (3H) -one Methyl cyclohexanon-2-carboxylate (l.Og, 6.4mmol) was added dropwise at ambient temperature to a stirred solution of aqueous sodium carbonate (1.35g, 1.28mmol) in water (30mL) and S-ethylthiouronium hydrobromide (1.77g, 9.6mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours under N2. A white precipitate was observed, and collected by filtration, washed with ether, then dried in vacuo at 40°C, to give a white solid.
(ii) 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -5, 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydro quinazoline
A mixture of 2- (ethylthio) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-
4(3H)-one (700mg, 3.3mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride
(20mL) were heated to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to ambient temperature and evaporated in vacuo . The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (2 x 50mL) . The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a yellow oil which crystallized on standing.
(iii) N- (2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2-ethylthio) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine.
A mixture of 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazoline (940mg, 3.26 mmol), 2-aminoindane (477mg, 3.58mmol), potassium carbonate (451mg, 3.26 mmol) and l-methyl-2 -pyrrolidinone (20mL) were heated at 90°C under N2 for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed several times with brine. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent: 60% hexane, 40% ethyl acetate) to give the title compound as a cream solid. M/Z 326 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 67 Preparation of N- (2- ( (2 , 6-dichlorobenzyl) thio) ethyl) -2- methyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000099_0001
(i) 2-methyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4 (3H) -one Sodium metal (190mg) was dissolved in ethanol (20mL) . Once the sodium had reacted, the mixture was in vacuo and the residue was added to a stirred mixture of methyl cyclohexanon-2-carboxylate (2.0g, 1.28 mmol) and acetamidine hydrochloride (1.46g, 1.53 mmol) at ambient temperature. This reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, poured into water (30mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL) . The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a yellow oil, 1.78g.
(ii) 4-chloro-2-methyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazoline A mixture of 2-methyl-5, 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4 (3H) -one (1.75g, 1.07 mmol), phosphorous oxychloride (50mL) and 1,2- dichloroethane (20mL) were heated to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down and evaporated in vacuo . The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, carefully, (2x50 mL) . The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a clear oil, 1.4g.
(iii) N- (2- ( (2, 6-dichlorobenzyl) thio) ethyl) -2-methyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride . A mixture of 4-chloro-2-methyl-5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazoline (200mg, 1.09 mmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine
(283mg, 1.19 mmol) and l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (20mL) was heated at 90°C under N2 for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20mL) . The organic phase was washed with water then brine. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent: 5% methanol: 95% ethyl acetate) . The free base was dissolved in ethanol and then was added dropwise 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride. The mixture was then evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid, (m.p. 249-250°C) .
EXAMPLE 68 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl) -2- (ethylthio) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine .
Figure imgf000101_0001
(i) A mixture of 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazoline (200mg, 0.877mmol), 2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (150mg, 0.965mmol) and l-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (20mL) were heated at 90°C under N2 for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water then brine, dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 80% hexane / 20% ethyl acetate) to give the title compound as a white solid, (m.p. 132-133.5°C) .
EXAMPLE 69 Preparation of N- (2- ( (2 , 6-dichlorobenzyl) thio) ethyl) -2- (ethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine .
Figure imgf000102_0001
A mixture of 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazoline (200mg, 0.877mmol), 2- (2-dichloro benzylthio) ethylamine (228mg, 0.965 mmol) and
N-methylpyrrolidinone (20mL) were heated to 90°C under N2 for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water then brine, then dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 80% hexane / 20% ethyl acetate) to give the title compound, as a cream solid (m.p.
127-129°C) .
EXAMPLE 70 Preparation of 4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl methyl) -5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazoline-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000102_0002
N- (2, 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -
5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (560mg, 1.63mmol) and potassium cyanide (560mg, 8.61mmol) in dry dimethylformamide, (8mL) were heated to 100°C for 96 hours under N2. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water then brine. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 40% hexane / ethyl acetate). The free base was dissolved in ethanol (5mL), treated with 0.5N ethanolic HCl (2mL) , and evaporated in vacuo . Diethyl ether was slowly added (ImL) . A tan solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to afford the title compound, (m.p. 181.5 - 183°C) .
EXAMPLE 71 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2-methyl-7 , 8- dihydro-5H-thieno [4 , 3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine.
Figure imgf000103_0001
(i) Methyl 4-oxotetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-3-carboxylate Dimethyl 3 , 3 -thiodipropionate (5.0g, 24.0mmol) was dissolved in diethyl ether (60mL). Sodium methoxide (3.6mg, 52.8 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The resulting slurry was stirred for 6 hours under reflux." The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature. Acetic acid (5mL) followed by water (25mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The ether layer was extracted and washed with brine (x2) . The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to obtain a crude oil. The crude oil was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 80% hexane/ethyl acetate) to obtain a colorless oil, 1.28g. (ii) 2-methyl-3, 5-7 , 8-tetrahydro-4H-thiino [4, 3-d] pyrimidin-4-one.
Sodium metal (190mg) was dissolved in ethanol (20mL) . Once the sodium had reacted the mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was added to a stirred mixture of methyl 4- oxotetrahydro-2H-thiopyran-3-carboxylate (1.39g, 7.98mmol) and acetamidine hydrochloride (905mg, 9.57mmol) at ambient temperature. This reaction mixture was then heated to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature, poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30mL) . The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a colorless oil, 979mg.
(iii) 4-chloro-2-methyl-3, 5,7, 8-tetrahydro-4H-thiino [4,3- d] pyrimidine
A mixture of 2-methyl-3 , 5-7 , 8-tetrahydro-4H-thiino (4,3- d)pyrimidin-4-one (979mg, 5.38mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (40mL) were heated to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to ambient temperature and evaporated in vacuo . The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed carefully with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a yellow oil, 410mg.
(iv) N- (2, 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2-methyl-7, 8-dihydro-5H- thiino [4 , 3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine. 4-chloro-2-methyl-3 ,5,7, 8-tetrahydro-4H-thiino [ 4 , 3-d] - pyrimidine (380mg, 1.9mmol) and 2-aminoindane (303mg, 2.28mmol), Hunigs base (1.22g, 9.5mmol) and dimethylformamide (30mL) were stirred for 96 hours at ambient temperature. This mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water then brine. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by prep HPLC at 254 nm, (3464.KR100-5C18) (95A/5W/0.2NH3) . The title compound was obtained as a light tan solid, (m.p. 147-149°C) .
EXAMPLE 72 Preparation of Benzyl 4- (2 , 3-dihydro-IH-inden-2-ylamino) 7 , 8- dihydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine-6 (5H) -carboxylate.
Figure imgf000105_0001
(i) 4-amino-1, 2,5, 6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbonitrile . A stirred solution of 3 , 3-iminodipropionitrile (2.0g, 1.62mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (20mL) at -70°C via a cardice acetone bath under nitrogen was treated with 2N lithium diisopropylamine (8.9mL, 1.78mmol) over twenty minutes, keeping the temperature below -50°C. After the addition the solution was stirred for 1 hour at -60°C. The mixture was warmed to -20°C over 30 minutes and quenched with 5N ammonium chloride (lOmL) , water (5mL) and isopropyl alcohol (5mL) . The aqueous layer was extracted with 3:1 ethyl acetate / isopropyl alcohol containing a little methanol. The combined organic extracts and initial layer were dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo . The residue solid was triturated from acetonitrile/isopropyl alcohol. A cream solid was obtained, 72lmg .
(ii) Benzyl 4-amino-5-cyano-3 , 6-dihydropyridine-l (2H) - carboxylate.
4-amino-l, 2,5, 6-tetrahydropyridine-3-carbonitrile (1. Og,
8.13mmol) was dissolved in acetone (60mL) and aqueous potassium carbonate (6.74g, 48.8mmol) and cooled to 0°C. The mixture was then treated with benzyl chloroformate
(4.64mL, 32.5mmol) . The mixture was allowed to warm up to ambient temperature, and was stirred for 24 hours. The mixture was then filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo . The residue was acidified with potassium hydrogen sulfate and extracted with chloroform. It was then dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to obtain the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 60% ethyl acetate/40%hexane) to give a pale yellow oil, 1.37g.
(iii) Benzyl 4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-ylamino) 7 , 8- dihydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine-6 ( 5H) -carboxylate . A mixture of benzyl 4-amino-5-cyano-3 , 6-dihydro pyridine-l(- 2H) -carboxylate (1.37g, 5.83mmol) and biorad A950w-X8 sulfonic acid resin (2.5g) after being washed with methanol and dried in anhydrous trimethyl orthoformate (37mL) , were stirred at 85°C for 24 hours, under nitrogen. The mixture was filtered and the filter cake was rinsed with dichloromethane then methanol. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo . The residue was then taken up in ethanol (30mL) and treated with 2-aminoindane (1.05g, 7.87mmol). This mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 48 hours. The solution was evaporated in vacuo, the residue was taken up in 9:1 DMF/IPA (40mL) and treated with Dowex® 550A-OH hydroxide resin (9.3g) then heated to 90°C under nitrogen for 48 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool and filtered the filter cake was rinsed with methanol. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to obtain a brown oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 100% ethyl acetate) to give the title compound as a brown solid. M/Z 267 [M+H]+.
EXAMPLE 73 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl) -2-methyl-5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000107_0001
A mixture of 4-chloro-2-methyl-5, 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazoline (250mg, 1.37mmol), 2-(2-chloro phenyl) ethylamine (234mg, 1.5mmol), potassium carbonate
(189mg, 1.37mmol) and methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (20mL) was heated to 90°C under N for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed several times with water. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica
(eluent 100% ethyl acetate) to give a yellow oil, which was taken up in ethanol (5mL) . 0.5N Ethanolic HCl (2 mL) was added, followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, m.p. 227-228.5°C.
EXAMPLES 74 AND 75 The compounds of Examples 74 and 75 were prepared following a method similar to that described in Example 73.
Figure imgf000108_0001
Example 74 Example 75
Figure imgf000108_0003
EXAMPLE 76 N- (2, 3-dihydro-IH-inden-2-yl) -2- (ethylthio) -6-methyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine dihydrochloride
Figure imgf000108_0002
(i) Ethyl l-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-3-carboxylate. Ethyl 4- [ (3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl) (methyl) amino] butanoate (Orgsyn Vol III 1955, P258)(3.0g, 1.29mmol) in dichloromethane (20mL) was added dropwise over 10 minutes to a cooled solution of IN titanium (IV) chloride (12.98mL, 1.29mmol) at -15°C in dichloromethane (20mL) under nitrogen. This temperature was maintained for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then treated with triethylamine (3.9mL, 2.38mmol) . The mixture was maintained at -15°C for 4 hours then left to warm up to ambient temperature. This mixture was left stirring for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 10% sodium chloride solution (30mL) and adjusted to pH 8-9 using 2N sodium hydroxide. A precipitate formed, and this was filtered and the filter cake was washed with dichloromethane. The organic phase was separated and dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to afford the product, 1.43g.
(ii) 2- (ethylthio) -6-methyl-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydro pyrido [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one.
Ethyl l-methyl-4-oxopiperidine-3-carboxylate (1.43g, 8.3lmmol), sodium carbonate (1.76g, 16.6mmol) and 5- ethylthiourea hydrobromide (2.3g, 12.4mmol) in distilled water (40mL) were stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperature for 24 hours. The mixture was saturated with sodium chloride and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo, to obtain 1.73g of a yellow oil.
(iϋ) 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -6-methyl-3 , 4, 5, 6,7, 8- hexahydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine. A mixture of 2- (ethylthio) -6-methyl-5, 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydropyrido [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one (1.73g, 8.12mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (70mL) and 1, 2-dichloroethane (25mL) were heated to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to ambient temperature and evaporated in vacuo . The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 1.12g of a brown/green solid.
(iv) N- (2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl)-2- (ethylthio) -6-methyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [4 , 3-d] -pyrimidin-4-amine dihydrochloride .
A mixture of 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -6-methyl-5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydropyrido [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine (300mg, 1.23mmol), 2- aminoindane (180mg, 1.35mmol), potassium carbonate (169mg, 1.23mmol) and l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (20mL) were heated at 90°C under nitrogen for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed several times with brine. The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 20% ethyl acetate / 80% methanol) to give a yellow oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5mL) , and 0.5N ethanolic HCl (2mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (30mL) . A yellow solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound m.p. 253- 256°C.
EXAMPLE 77
Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl) -2- (ethylthio) - 5,6-dimethyl pyrimidin-4-amine, hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000110_0001
A mixture of 6-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -4, 5-dimethyl-l, 6- dihydropyrimidine (200mg, 0.098mmol) and 2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (168mg, l.Oδmmol) was reacted as described in Example 76 to produce the title compound. The crude reaction product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent 60% ethyl acetate / 40% hexane) . The title compound was obtained, m.p. 154-156°C.
EXAMPLE 78 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -4- (ethylthio) - 3 , 5-diazatricyclo [6.2.1.0^' ]undeca-2 , 4 , 6-trien-6-amine, hydrochloride .
(i) 4- (Ethylthio) -2-hydroxy-3 , 5-diazatricyclo [6.2.1.02,7] - undec-3-en-6-one.
Sodium carbonate (4.3g, 40mmol) was dissolved in water (150mL) and stirred at room temperature, S- ethylisothiouronium bromide (3.7g, 20mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred until all the solids were dissolved. 3- Methoxycarbonylnorbornan-2-one (3g 17.85mmol) (Heterocycles
3_8(1994) 2715) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 22 hours. Chloroform (lOOmL) was added, the organic was collected, dried (magnesium sulphate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to an off-white solid. Column chromatography (eluent chloroform/methanol 19:1) gave the title compound as a white solid. Mass spectroscopy showed 241 (MH+) as the major peak.
(ii) 6-Chloro-4- (ethylthio) -3 , 5-diazatricyclo [6.2.1.02'7] - undeca-2 , 4, 6-triene.
4- (Ethylthio) -2-hydroxy-3 , 5-diazatricyclo [6.2.1.02'7] -undec- 3-en-6-one (450mg, 1.875mmol) was dissolved in 1,2- dichloroethane (5mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. Phosphorus oxychloride (5mL) was added and the mixture was heated under reflux under nitrogen overnight. The reaction -Ill- mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, taken up in chloroform and washed with cold dilute aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulphate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a dark oil. Mass spectroscopy showed 241 and 243 (MH+) as the major peaks .
(iii) 6-Chloro-4- (ethylthio) -3 , 5-diazatricyclo- [6.2.1.02,7]undeca-2,4, 6-triene (445mg, 1.85mmol) and 2- aminoindane (350mg, 2.63 mmol) were dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidinone (lOmL) , potassium carbonate (0.3g, 2.17 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N2 and heated at 90°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulphate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane 1:4) to give a white solid which was taken up in ethanol (3mL) , 0.5N ethanolic HCl (3mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (70mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 183-185°C.
Example 79 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -7 , 8- dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000112_0001
(i) 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3, 2- d] pyrimidine To a solution of sodium carbonate (powder, 2.39 g, 22.5 mmol) in ethanol (12.0 mL) was added S-methyl (isothiourea) sulfate (2.72 g, 9.75 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min, while a solution of ethyl 3- oxotetrahydropyran-2-carboxylate (7.50 mmol) in ethanol (3.0 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Water and dichloromethane were added. The pH was adjusted to 6 by addition of acetic acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (4.0 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 2h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a cold mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with 5% ether in dichloromethane) to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (124 mg, 0.574 mmol, 12% for 2 steps), m/z 216.9 [M+l].
(ii) 4-Chloro-2-methylsulfonyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2- d] pyrimidine To a solution 4-chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- pyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (124 mg, 0.574 mmol) in dichloromethane (5.74 mL) was added sodium bicarbonate (241 mg, 2.87 mmol) and jn-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (354 mg, 57- 80%) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with 50% EtOAc in hexane) to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (Ill mg, 0.448 mmol, 78%). m/z 248.9 [M+l].
(iii) [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - ( 2-methanes Ifonyl-7 , 8- dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methylsulfonyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- pyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (55.8 mg, 0.225 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (1.25 mL) was added 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (42.0 mg, 0.270 mmol) . To this solution was added diisopropylethylamine (58.2 mg, 0.078 mL, 0.450 mmol) dropwise slowly and at room temperature. The mixture was then heated at 50 degree for 16h. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution with 20% ether in CH2C12) then afforded the intermediate title compound (83 mg, 0.225 mmol,
100%) as a brown solid. m/z 368.0 [M+l].
(iv) To a solution of the above [2- (2-chloro-phenyl) - ethyl] - (2-methanesulfonyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine (83 mg, 0.225 mmol) in NMP (1.0 mL) and DMSO (0.5 mL) was added tetrabutylammonium cyanide (121 mg, 0.450 mmol) and KCN (147 mg, 2.25 mmol). The mixture was heated to 120 degree for 72 hours. The mixture was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with water for four times. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 5% ether in CH2C12) then afforded the title compound (28.8 mg, 0.092 mmol, 41%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 313.1 [M+l] for free base.
Example 80 Preparation of (2-Ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -indan-2-yl-amine, hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000115_0001
( i ) (2-Ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-3H, 6H-pyrano [3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-one)
To a solution of sodium carbonate (powder, 2.00 g, 18.9 mmol) in ethanol (24.8 mL) was added S-ethylisothiourea hydrogen bromide (2.51 g, 15.7 mmol) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min, while a solution of ethyl 3-oxotetrahydropyran-2-carboxylate (10.4 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Water and dichloromethane were added. The pH was adjusted to 6 by addition of acetic acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane for three times . The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was subjected to next reaction without any purification, m/z 213.0 [M+l].
(ii) 4-Chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3,2- d] pyrimidine
The above 2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-3H, 6H-pyrano [3 , 2- d]pyrimidin-4-one was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (5.2 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 2h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with ether and dichloromethane in hexanes 40:64:500) to afford the intermediate title as a light brown solid. (205 mg, 0.890 mmol, 9% for 2 steps), m/z 231.0 [M+l].
(iii) (2-Ethylsulfanyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2- d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -indan-2-yl-amine
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- pyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (100 mg, 0.434 mmol) in anhydrous
NMP (0.80 mL) was added 2-aminoindane hydrochloride (224 mg, 1.30 mmol) . To this solution was added diisopropylethylamine (242 mg, 0.38 mL, 2.2 mmol) dropwise slowly and at room temperature. The mixture was then heated at 50 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution with 30% ether in hexanes) then afforded the title compound (64 mg, 68%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 328.1 [M+l] for free base.
Example 81 Preparation of [2- (2 , 6-Dichloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2- ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yi; amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000117_0001
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- pyrano [3, 2-d] pyrimidine (132 mg, 0.578 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (1.06 mL) was added 2- (2 , 6-dichlorophenyl) ethylamine (328 mg, 1.72 mmol) . The mixture was then heated at 50 degree for 16 hours. Water (80 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with ether : hexanes 1:2) then afforded the title compound (222 mg, 0.578 mmol, 100%) as a light yellow oil. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the title compound as a white solid. m/z 384.3 [M+l] for free base.
Example 82 Preparation of [2- ( 2 , 6-Dichloro-phenyl ) -ethyl ] - ( 2- ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8 -dihydro- 6H-thiopyrano [ 3 , 2-d] pyrimidin-4- yl ) -amine , hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000118_0001
(i) 2-Ethylsulfanyl-7, 8-dihydro-3H,6H-thiopyrano [3,2- d]pyrimidin-4-one
To a solution of sodium carbonate (powder, 454 mg, 4.28 mmol) in ethanol (3.0 mL) was added S-ethyl (isothiourea) hydrobromide (594 mg, 3.21 mmol) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min, while a solution of ethyl 3- thiatetrahydropyran-2-carboxylate (402 mg, 2.14 mmol) in ethanol (1.3 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Water and dichloromethane were added. The pH was adjusted to 6 by addition of acetic acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was subjected to next reaction without any purification, m/z 226.9 [M-l] .
(ii) 4-Chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2- d] yrimidine
The above 2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-3H, 6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2- d]pyrimidin-4-one was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (2.0 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 2h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a cold mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with ether and dichloromethane in hexanes 1:1:5) to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (309 mg, 1.26 mmol, 59% for 2 steps), m/z 246.9 [M+l] .
(iii) To a solution of 4-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro- 6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (150 mg, 0.610 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (1.13 mL) was added 2- (2, 6- dichlorophenyl) ethylamine (348 mg, 1.83 mmol). The mixture was then heated at 50 degree for 16h. Water (80 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with ether: hexane 1:2.5) then afforded the desired product (237 mg, 0.593 mmol, 97%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 400.0 [M+l].
Example 83 Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-ethylsulfanyl- 7, 8-dihydro-6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000120_0001
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (158 mg, 0.642 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (1.20 mL) was added 2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (300 mg, 1.93 mmol). The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16h. Water (80 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with ether : dichloromethane: hexane 1:1:2.5) then afforded the desired product (202 mg, 0.554 mmol, 86%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the title compound as a white solid. m/z 365.8 [M+l].
Figure imgf000120_0002
2- (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl) ethylamine hydroacetate .
To a solution of 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzylcyanide (3.02 g, 17.8 mmol) in acetic acid (100 mL) was added platinum (IV) oxide (0.377 g) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature under H2 (60 psi) for 6 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the mixture was dissolved in ether and filtered. The filtrate was combined with toluene and concentrated in vacuo to give the intermediate title compound (3.16 g, 76%) as a white solid. m/z 174.2 [M+l].
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro- 6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (123 mg, 0.500 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (0.80 mL) was added 2- (2-chloro-4- fluorophenyl) ethylamine hydroacetate (233 mg, 1.00 mmol). To this solution was added diisopropylethylamme (323 mg,
0.44 mL, 2.5 mmol) dropwise slowly and at room temperature. The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (60 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 30% ether in hexanes) then afforded the desired free base (166 mg, 87%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 384.2 [M+l] for free base.
Example 85
Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-methyl-7 , 8- dihydro-6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000122_0001
(i) 2-Methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-3H, 6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4- one.
To a solution of sodium ethoxide (456 mg, 6.69 mmol) in ethanol (6.60 mL) was added acetamidine hydrochloride (633 mg, 6.69 mmol) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min, while a solution of ethyl 3-oxotetrahydropyran- 2-carboxylate (898 mg, 4.78 mmol) in ethanol (3.0 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. The mixture was heated at reflux for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Water and dichloromethane were added. The pH was adjusted to 6 by addition of acetic acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane for three times . The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue (0.90 g) was subjected to next reaction without any purification, m/z 182.8 [M+l].
(ii) 4-Chloro-2-methyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2- d] pyrimidine
The above 2-methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-3H, 6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2- d]pyrimidin-4-one (0.90 g) was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (5.0 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 2h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with ether and dichloromethane in hexanes 1:2:4) to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (581 mg, 2.91 mmol, 61% for 2 steps), m/z 200.8 [M+l] .
(iii) To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (215 mg, 1.08 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (2.0 mL) was added 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (502 mg, 3.23 mmol) . The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with
EtOAc: dichloromethane 1:1.2) then afforded the desired free base (296 mg, 0.928 mmol, 86%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 320.1 [M+l] for free base.
Example 86
Preparation of [2- (2 , 6-Dichloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-methyl- 7 , 8-dihydro-6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000123_0001
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H- thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (215 mg, 1.08 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (2.0 mL) was added 2- (2 , 6-dichlorophenyl) ethylamine (613 mg, 3.23 mmol) . The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent . The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with ether : dichloromethane 1:1) then afforded the desired free base (346 mg, 0.980 mmol, 91%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the title compound as a white solid. m/z 354.0 [M+l] for free base.
Figure imgf000124_0001
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (200 mg, 1.00 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (1.60 mL) was added 2- (2-chloro-4- fluorophenyl) ethylamine hydroacetate (466 mg, 2.00 mmol). To this solution was added diisopropylethylamme (647 mg, 0.872 mL, 5.0 mmol) dropwise slowly and at room temperature. The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (80 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent . The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with ether : hexanes 1:2) then afforded the desired free base (311 mg, 0.92 mmol, 92%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the title compound as a white solid. m/z 338.3 [M+l] for free base .
Example 88 Preparation of (2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzyl) - (2-methyl-7 , 8- dihydro-6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000125_0001
To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (165 mg, 0.823 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (1.60 mL) was added 2-chloro-4- fluorobenzylamine (438 mg, 2.47 mmol) . The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (80 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 10% MeOH in EtOAc) then afforded the desired free base (195 mg, 0.60 mmol, 72%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the title compound as a white solid. m/z 324.2 [M+l] for free base.
Example 89 Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (7 , 8-dihydro-6H- thiopyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000126_0001
(i) 7 , 8-Dihydro-3H, 6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-one To a solution of sodium ethoxide (408 mg, 0.898 mmol) in ethanol (5.55 mL) was added formamidine acetate (623 mg,
6.00 mmol) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min, while a solution of ethyl 3-oxotetrahydropyran-2- carboxylate (898 mg, 4.78 mmol) in ethanol (3.0 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. The mixture was heated at reflux for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. Water and dichloromethane were added. The pH was adjusted to 6 by addition of acetic acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was subjected to next reaction without any purification, m/z 168.9 [M+l].
(ii) 4-Chloro-7 , 8-dihydro-6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine The above 7 , 8-dihydro-3H, 6H-thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidin-4-one was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (5.0 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 2h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with ether and dichloromethane in hexanes 1:2:4) to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (336 mg, 1.81 mmol, 38% for 2 steps), m/z 187.0 [M+l].
(iii) To a solution of 4-chloro-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- thiopyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (136 mg, 0.731 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (1.37 mL) was added 2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (341 mg, 2.19 mmol) . The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 45% EtOAc in dichloromethane) then afforded the desired free base (205 mg, 0.673 mmol, 92%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 305.8 [M+l] for free base.
Example 90 Preparation of (2-Chloro-7 , 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2 - d]pyrimidin-4-yl) - [2- (2-chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] -amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000128_0001
(i) [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-methylsulfanyl-7 , 8- dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- pyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (85 mg, 0.394 mmol) in anhydrous NMP
(1.0 mL) was added 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (123 mg, 0.787 mmol) . The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with ether and dichloromethane in hexanes 1:1:2) then afforded the intermediate title compound (79.1 mg, 0.225 mmol, 57%) as a brown solid, m/z 352.1 [M+l].
(ii) 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -7 , 8-dihydro-6H- pyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-2-ol The above methyl sulfide (20.5 mg, 0.0584 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (0.5 mL) . Hydrogen peroxide (30% aqueous solution, 0.027 mL, 0.234 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 140 degree for 1 hour. Aqueous workup afforded the desired intermediate title compound (15 mg, 0.049 mmol, 84%) as a light yellow oil. m/z 306.0 [M+l].
(iii) The above crude 2-hydroxy aminopyrimidine (15 mg, 0.049 mmol) was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (1.0 mL) The mixture was heated to reflux for 2h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with ether and dichloromethane in hexanes 30:40:100) to afford the final title compound as a light brown solid. (6.3 mg, 0.0195 mmol, 40%). m/z 340.0 [M+l].
Example 91
Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-methyl-7 , 8- dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000129_0001
(i) 4-Hydroxy-2-Methyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano[3,2- d] pyrimidine
To a solution of sodium ethoxide (638 mg, 9.38 mmol) in ethanol (10.0 mL) was added acetamidine hydrochloride (887 mg, 9.38 mmol) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min, while a solution of ethyl 3-oxotetrahydropyran- 2-carboxylate (6.70 mmol) in ethanol (3.0 mL) was added in a dropwise fashion. The mixture was heated at reflux for 16 hours . The mixture was concentrated in vacuo . Water and dichloromethane were added. The pH was adjusted to 6 by addition of acetic acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue (632 mg) was subjected to next reaction without any purification, m/z 167.0 [M+l].
(ii) 4-Chloro-2-methyl-7, 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2- d] pyrimidine
The above 4-hydroxy-2-Methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H-pyrano [3 , 2- d]pyrimidine (632 mg, 6.70 mmol) was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (7.0 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 2h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 13% ether in dichloromethane) to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (271 mg, 1.61 mmol, 22% for 2 steps), m/z 185.0 [M+l].
(iii) To a solution of 4-chloro-2-methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-6H- pyrano [3 , 2-d] pyrimidine (298 mg, 1.61 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (3.26 mL) was added 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (502 mg, 3.23 mmol) . The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with acetone and dichloromethane in hexanes 1:1:1) then afforded the desired free base (268 mg, 0.885 mmol, 55%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 304.1 [M+l] for free base.
Example 92 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -6- morpholin-4-yl-quinazoline-2-carbonitrile, hydrochloride ,
Figure imgf000131_0001
(i) 6-Iodo-quinazoline-2 , 4-diol
To a solution of 2-amino-5-iodo-benzoic acid (10.0 g, 38.02 mmol) in NMP (150 mL) was added urea (4.56 g, 76.04 mmol). The mixture was heated at 230 degree for 20 hours. Water (300 mL) was added to form the black fine solid. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour, then filtered. The dark brown solid was then dried in vacuum oven for overnight at 70 degree to give the intermediate title compound (4.95 g, 45%) . m/z 288.0 [M] .
(ii) 2 , 4-Dichloro-6-iodo-quinazoline
The above 6-iodo-quinazoline-2 , 4-diol (4.95 g, 17.2 mmol) was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (68 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 24h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Silica gel, elution with 30% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (4.17 g, 75%). m/z 326.0 [M+l].
(iii) (2-Chloro-6-iodo-quinazolin-4-yl) - [2- (2-chlorophenyl) -ethyl] -amine To a solution of 2 , 4-dichloro-6-iodo-quinazoline (4.17g, 12.8 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (35.6 mL) was added 2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (2.35 mL, 16.7 mmol) and diisopropylethylamme (4.47 mL, 25.7 mL) . The mixture was then heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water was added to quench the reaction. The solid crushed out. The mixture was then mixed with 1:1 ether/Hexanes, and stirred for 2h, then filtered. The solid was collected and dried in vacuum oven at 60 degree overnight to give the intermediate title compound as light yellow solid. (2.12 g, 90%) m/z 443.9 [M+l] .
(iii) 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -6-iodo-quinazoline-
2-carbonitrile
To a solution of the above 2-chloropyrimidine (4.59 g, 10.3 mmol) in DMSO (52 mL) was added potassium cyanide (6.72 g, 103.3 mmol) . The mixture was heated to 120 degree for 72 hours. The mixture was dissolved in dichloromethane and washed with water for four times. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 20% EtOAc in hexanes) then afforded the intermediate title compound (2.94 g, 63%) as a brown solid, m/z 435.0 [M+l] . (iv) To a solution of the above 4- [2- (2-chloro-phenyl) - ethylamino] -6-iodo-quinazoline-2-carbonitrile (50 mg, 0.115 mmol) in DMF (0.77 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (5.5 mg, 0.012 mmol), t-BuONa (26 mg, 0.27 mmol) and BINAP (11 mg, 0.035 mmol) . The mixture was degassed for 20 min. Morpholine
(20.0 mg, 0.23 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with EtOAc and dichloromethane in hexanes 15:10:30) then afforded the desired free base (30 mg, 0.0763 mmol, 66%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 394.1 [M+l] for free base.
Example 93
Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -6- pyrrolidin-l-yl-quinazoline-2-carbonitrile, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000133_0001
Prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure outlined for example 92. 53% yield, m/z 378.2 [M+l] for free base. Example 94 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -6- (4- methyl-piperazin-1-yl) -quinazoline-2-carbonitrile, hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000134_0001
Prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure outlined for example 92. 51% yield, m/z 407.2 [M+l] for free base.
Example 95 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -6- phenylamino-quinazoline-2-carbonitrile, dihydrochloride ,
Figure imgf000134_0002
Prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure outlined for example 92. 33% yield, m/z 400.1 [M+l] for free base.
Example 96 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -6- piperidin-l-yl-quinazoline-2-carbonitrile, trishydrochloride .
Figure imgf000135_0001
Prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure outlined for example 92. 42% yield, m/z 392.2 [M+l] for free base.
Example 97 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-cyano- quinazoline-6-carboxylic acid, hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000135_0002
(i) 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-cyano-quinazoline- 6-carboxylic acid methyl ester
2-Cyano-4- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamino-6-iodopyrimidine (248 mg, 0.571 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) , acetonitrile
(25 mL) and triethylamine (1 mL) . PdCl2(PPh3)2 (15.0 mg) was added. The mixture was heated at 60 degree under CO (60 psi) for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 50% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford the desired methyl ester (69.0 mg, 33%) as a off-white solid, m/z 367.1
[M+l] (ii) To a solution of the above 4- [2- (2-chloro-phenyl) - ethylamino] -6-iodo-quinazoline-2-carbonitrile (46.7 mg, 0.128 mmol) in THF (2.0 mL) was added aqueous LiOH solution (0.3 M, 0.54 mL, 0.161 mmol) at 0 degree. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with 13% MeOH in dichloromethane) to afford the desired carboxylic acid (34 mg, 0.966 mmol, 75%) as a white foam. The product was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the title compound as a white solid. m/z 353.1 [M+l] for the acid.
Example 98 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -6- dimethylamino-quinazoline-2-carbonitriIe, bishydrochloride ,
Figure imgf000136_0001
Prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure outlined for example 92. 51% yield, m/z 352.1 [M+l] for free base.
Example 99 Preparation of 6-Azepan-l-yl-4- [2- (2-chloro-phenyl) - ethylamino] -quinazoline-2-carbonitrile, bishydrochloride .
Figure imgf000137_0001
Prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure outlined for example 92. 62% yield, m/z 406.2 [M+l] for free base.
Example 100 Preparation of 6- (4-Acetyl-piperazin-l-yl) -4- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) -ethylamino] -quinazoline-2-carbonitrile, bishydrochloride .
Figure imgf000137_0002
Prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure outlined for example 92. 73% yield, m/z 435.2 [M+l] for free base.
Example 101 [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (6-morpholin-4-yl-quinazolin-4- yl) -amine, bishydrochloride.
Figure imgf000137_0003
(1) 6-Iodo-quinazolin-4-ol A solution of 2-amino-5-iodo-benzoic acid (5.0 g, 19.0 mmol) in formamide (21.6 g, 479 mmol) was heated at 160 degree for 3 hours. Water (50 mL) was added to form the black fine solid. The mixture was stirred for 16 hour, then filtered to collect the solid. The dark brown solid was then dried in vacuum oven for overnight at 60 degree to give the intermediate title compound (4.83 g, 94%), m/z 273.0 [M+l].
(ii) 4-Chloro-6-iodo-quinazoline The above 6-iodo-quinazolin-4-ol (4.83 g, 17.8 mmol) was mixed with phosphorus oxychloride (34.1 mL) . The mixture was heated to reflux for 2.5 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to remove the excess of reagent. After dilution with dichloromethane, the resulted dark solution was added dropwise slowly with stirring into a mixture of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution with some ice. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane for three times . The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was recrystallized in ether and collected by filtration to afford the intermediate title compound as a light brown solid. (4.56 g, 86%) . m/z 287.0 [M+l].
(iii) [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (6-iodo-quinazolin-4-yl) - amine
To a solution of 4-chloro-6-iodopyrimidine (2.5 g, 8.62 mmol) in anhydrous NMP (21.0 mL) was added 2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (1.58 mL, 11.2 mmol) and diisopropylethylamme (3.0 mL, 17.3 mL) . The mixture was then heated at 50 degree for 18 hours. Water was added to quench the reaction. The solid crushed out. The mixture was then filtered with ether wash. The solid was collected and dried in vacuum oven at 60 degree overnight to give the intermediate title compound as light yellow solid. (2.33 g, 5.71 mmol, 66%) m/z 410.1 [M+l].
(iv) To a solution of [2- (2-chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (6-iodo- quinazolin-4-yl) -amine (409 mg, 1.00 mmol) in DMF (6.50 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (45.8 mg, 0.05 mmol), BINAP (93.4 mg, 0.035 mmol) and t-BuONa (225 mg, 0.27 mmol). The mixture was degassed for 20 min. Morpholine (174 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 90 degree for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) and dichloromethane were added to quench the reaction. The mixture was then extracted with water for four times to remove NMP solvent. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous Magnesium sulfate. Flash chromatography (silica gel, elution with EtOAc and dichloromethane in hexanes 15:10:30) then afforded the desired free base (279 mg, 0.760 mmol, 76%) as a brown solid. The free base was dissolved in ethanol, the required amount of 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride was added and the resulting solution was evaporated to give the final title compound as a white solid. m/z 369.2 [M+l] for free base .
Example 102 Preparation of Indan-2-yl- (2-methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff- thiopyrano [4 , 3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine .
Figure imgf000139_0001
4-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiopyran-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester. A solution of tetrahydrothiopyran-4-one (14.1 g, 120 mmol) in 50 mL THF is added dropwise to a cold (-78°C) solution of LDA that was generated by adding a 1.6 M hexane solution of n-BuLi (91 mL, 145 mmol) to diisopropylamine (14.7 g, 145 mmol) in 200 mL THF. The resultant yellow solution is stirred at -78°C for 0.5 h and methyl cyanoformate (10.4 mL, 145 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was warmed to 0°C . After stirring for 0.5 h at 0°C the solution is poured into 200 mL saturated NHC1, neutralized with IN HCl to pH = 7 and extracted with ether (3 x 200 mL) . The organic layers are combined and washed with H20 (100 mL) , brine (100 mL) dried with Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution 10 to 25% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 175 (M+ +1) .
2-Methyl-7, 8-dihydro-5ff-thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol . Acetamidine hydrochloride (2.28 g, 24.1 mmol) is added to a solution of 4-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiopyran-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (3.5 g, 20.1 mmol) and K2C03 (13.9 g, 101 mmol) in 50 mL MeOH. After 4 h at room temperature the MeOH is removed in vacuo and the crude solid is neutralized (pH = 7) using IN HCl followed by extraction with CH2C12 (3x75 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 183 (M+ +1) .
Trifluoromethansulfonic anhydride (2.1 mL, 12.7 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of 2-Methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff- thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (2.1 g, 11.5 mmol) and Et3N (1.9 mL, 13.8 mmol) in 50 mL CH2C12 . After 0.5 h the solution is poured into H20 followed by extraction with CH2C12 (3x75 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the pure triflate. The crude triflate (118 mg, 0.38 mmol) is dissolved in 2.5 mL NMP and Hunig's base (0.14 mL, 0.83 mmol) is added followed by 2-aminoindane hydrochloride (76 mg, 0.45 mmol). The solution is heated to 90°C for lh, cooled to RT, poured into H20 (250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x100 mL) . The organics are combined and washed with H20 (4x50 mL) , brine (50 mL) dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent 75% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the final title compound. MS (ES) 298 (M+ +1) .
Example 103 Preparation of Indan-2-yl- (2-methyl-6 , 6-dioxo-5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydro-6λ6-thiopyrano [4 , 3-d] pyrimidin-4-yl ) -amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000141_0001
m-CPBA (50 %) (0.12 g, 0.67 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of Indan-2-yl- (2-methyl-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff- thiopyrano [4, 3-d] pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine (0.10 g, 0.34 mmol) in 2 mL CH2C12 . After 0.25 h the solution is poured into K2C03 (sat) followed by extraction with EtOAc (3x10 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the free base of the title compound. MS (ES) 330 (M+ +1) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound. Example 104 Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-methoxy-7 , 8- dihydro-5ff-thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000142_0001
2-Methoxy-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff-thiopyrano [4 , 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol . 0-methylisourea hydrogen sulfate (1.2 g, 6.9 mmol) is added to a solution of 4-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiopyran-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (l.O g, 5.8 mmol) and K2C03 (4.0 g, 29 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH. After 14 hrs at RT the MeOH is removed in vacuo and the crude solid is neutralized (pH = 7) using IN HCl followed by extraction with CH2C12 (3x75 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 199 (M+ +1) .
Trifluoromethansulfonic anhydride (0.72 mL, 4.28 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of 2-Methoxy-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff- thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (0.77 g, 3.895 mmol) and Et3N (0.65 mL, 4.67 mmol) in 10 mL CH2C12. After 1 h the solution is poured into H20 followed by extraction with CH2C12 (3x25 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the triflate. The crude triflate (0.79 g, 2.39 mmol) is dissolved in 10 mL NMP and Hunig's base (0.5 mL, 2.87 mmol) is added followed by 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -ethylamine (0.45 g, 2.87 mmol). The solution is heated to 90°C for lh and poured into H20 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x25 mL) . The organics are combined and washed with H20 (4x25 mL) , brine (25 mL) dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution 25 to 50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the free base of the final title compound. MS (ES) 337 (M+ +1) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 105 Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-ethylsulfanyl- 6 , 6-dioxo-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6λ6-thiopyrano [4 , 3-d] pyrimidin- 4-yl) -amine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000143_0001
1,1, 4-Trioxo-hexahydro-lλ6-thiopyran-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester. m-CPBA (50 %) (3.97 g, 11.5 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of 4-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiopyran-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.0 g, 5.75 mmol) in 20 mL CH2C12 . After 0.5 h the solution is poured into K2C03 (sat) followed by extraction with EtOAc (3x50 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 207 (M+ +1) .
2-Ethylsulfanyl-6, 6-dioxo-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6λ6- thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol .
2-Ethyl-2-thiopseudourea hydrobromide (1.1 g, 6.0 mmol) is added to a solution of 1, 1, 4-Trioxo-hexahydro-lλ6-thiopyran- 3-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.8 g, 5.0 mmol) and K2C03 (3.45 g, 25.0 mmol) in 25 mL MeOH. After 24 hrs at RT the MeOH is removed in vacuo and the crude solid is neutralized
(pH = 7) using IN HCl followed by extraction with CH2C12 (3 x 75 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 263 (M+ +1) .
Trifluoro-methanesulfonic acid 2-ethylsulfanyl-6 , 6-dioxo- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6λ6-thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ester.
Trifluoromethansulfonic anhydride (0.47 mL, 2.81 mmol) is added to a cool (0°C) solution of 2-Ethylsulfanyl-6, 6-dioxo- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6λ6-thiopyrano[4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (0.67 g, 2.56 mmol) and Et3N (0.43 mL, 3.1 mmol) in 10 mL CH2C12 . After 1 h the solution is poured into H20 followed by extraction with CH2C12 (3x15 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the pure triflate. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution 25 to 100% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 392 (M+ +1) .
Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid 2-ethylsulfanyl-6, 6-dioxo- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-6λ6-thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl ester (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) is dissolved in 2.0 mL NMP and Hunig's base (0.05 mL, 0.31 mmol) is added followed by 2- (2- chlorophenyl) -ethylamine (48 mg, 0.31 mmol). The solution is heated to 90 °C for 2h and poured into H20 (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x10 mL) . The organics are combined and washed with H20 (4x10 mL) , brine (10 mL) dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent 50 % EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the free base of the final title compound. MS (ES) 399 (M+ +1) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 106 Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-ethylsulfanyl- 7 , 8-dihydro-5H-thiopyrano [4 , 3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000145_0001
2-Ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-5ff-thiopyrano [4 , 3-d] pyrimidin-4- ol.
2-Ethyl-2-thiopseudourea hydrobromide (0.22 g, 1.15 mmol) is added to a solution of 4-Oxo-tetrahydro-thiopyran-3- carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.18 g, 1.05 mmol) and K2C03 (1.14 g, 8.25 mmol) in 10 mL MeOH. After 24 hrs at RT the MeOH is removed in vacuo and the crude solid is neutralized (pH = 7) using IN HCl followed by extraction with CH2C12 (3x25 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 229 (M+ +1) .
4-Chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7, 8-dihydro-5H-thiopyrano [4 , 3- d] pyrimidine.
Phosphorus oxychloride (5 mL) is added 2-Ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8- dihydro-5ff-thiopyrano [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-4-ol (0.20 g, 0.88 mmol) and the resultant solution heated to 100°C. After 0.5 h the solution is cooled to RT and the excess phosphorus oxychloride is removed in vacuo and H20 is added. The solution is neutralized with K2C03 (sat) to pH = 7 followed by extraction with EtOAc (3x25 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S04) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 246 (M+ +1) •
4-Chloro-2-ethylsulfanyl-7 , 8-dihydro-5H-thiopyrano [4 , 3- d] pyrimidine (170 mg, 0.69 mmol) is dissolved in 3.0 mL NMP and Hunig's base (0.10 mL, 0.69 mmol) is added followed by 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -ethylamine amine (129 mg, 0.82 mmol). The solution is heated to 110°C for 3 h, cooled to RT, poured into H20 (25 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3x20 mL) . The organics are combined and washed with H20 (4x10 mL) , brine (10 mL) dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent 15 % EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the free base of the final title compound. MS (ES) 366 (M+ +1) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the final title compound.
Example 107
Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -7-methyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile bishydrochloride .
Figure imgf000146_0001
5-Hydroxy-4- (2-methyl-isothioureidocarbonyl) -3, 6-dihydro-2ff- pyridine-1-carboxylie acid tert-butyl ester bishydrochloride .
To a solution of 4-0xo-piperidine-l, 3-dicarboxylic acid 1- tert-butyl ester 3-methyl ester (6.9 g, 25 mmol) in 100 mL H20 and 20 mL THF at RT was first added sodium carbonate (13 g, 130 mmol) then 2-Methyl-2-thiopseudourea sulfate (7.1 g, 25 mmol) . After stirring at RT for 3.5 h, the solution was neutralized to pH = 7 with aqueous HCl and aqueous NH4C1. The solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3x400 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x100 mL) , brine (100 mL) dried with Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 316 (M+ +1) .
4-Hydroxy-2-methylsulfanyl-5, 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3,4- d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. A solution of 5-Hydroxy-4- (2-methyl-isothioureidocarbonyl) - 3 , 6-dihydro-2ff-pyridine-l-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.48 g, 1.62 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C12 and 0.5 mL NMP was cooled to 0°C and triethylamine (0.35 mL, 2.52 mmol) was added, followed by trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride (0.34 mL, 2.02 mmol) . After stirring for 0.5 h. , the solution was then poured into water and the crude product was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x500 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x250 mL) , dried with Na2S0 , and concentrated in vacuo to provide the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 298 (M+ +1) . An alternative synthetic route to the intermediate title compound is as follows. To a solution of 4-Oxo-piperidine- 1, 3-dicarboxylic acid 1-tert-butyl ester 3-methyl ester (17.2 g, 67.2 mmol) in 200 mL dioxane and 400 mL toluene at RT was first added sodium carbonate (35.0 g, 335 mmol) then 2-methyl-2-thiopseudourea sulfate (22.4 g, 80.6 mmol). After stirring at reflux temperature with azeotropic removal of water for 3.5 h, the solution was neutralized to pH = 7 with aqueous HCl. The solution was then extracted with ethyl acetate (3x400 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x100 mL) , brine (100 mL) dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 298 (M+ +1) .
4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-methylsulfanyl-5 , 8- dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester.
A solution of 4-Hydroxy-2-methylsulfanyl-5, 8-dihydro-6ff- pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (7.5 g, 25 mmol) in 200 mL CH2C12 was cooled to 0°C and triethylamine (4.2 mL, 30 mmol) was added, followed by trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride (4.7 mL, 28 mmol). After stirring for 0.5 h. , the solution was then poured into water and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x500 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x250 mL) , dried with Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product that was then filtered through silica gel with CH2C12. To a solution of the triflate (4.0 g, 9.3 mmol) in NMP (40 mL) at RT was added N/ N-diisopropylethylamine (2.0 mL, 11 mmol), and 2- (2- chlorophenyl) -ethylamine (1.4 mL, 10 mmol). After stirring overnight for 14 hrs, the solution was added to water and solution extracted with CH2C12 (3x500 mL) . The combined organic layers were then washed with water (3x200 mL) , dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent 20% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 435 (M+) . 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-methanesulfonyl-5 , 8- dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester.
To a solution of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2- methylsulfanyl-5, 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d] pyrimidine-7- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (11.3 g, 26.0 mmol) in CH2C12 (160 mL) at 0°C, was added m-CPBA (9.85 g, 57.1 mmol) in two consecutive equal portions. After stirring for 0.5 h, the solution was made basic (pH = 12) with aqueous NaOH and extracted with CH2C12 (2x500 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x200 mL) , dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 467 (M+) .
4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-cyano-5, 8-dihydro-6ff- pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2- methanesulfonyl-5, 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (10.1 g, 21.6 mmol) in NMP (100 mL) at RT was added KCN (14.1 g, 216 mmol), and the solution was then heated to 125 °C . After stirring for 20 h, the solution was added to water (1 L) and solution was extracted with CH2C12 (3x400 mL) . The combined organic layers were then washed with water (4x200 mL) , dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to yield crude product.
The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent 50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to provide the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 414 (M+) .
4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyrido [3 , 4-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile .
To a solution of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2- cyano-5, 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (3.6 g, 8.7 mmol) in CH2C12 (60 mL) at 0°C, was added TFA (14 mL, 180 mmol) . After warming to RT for 1 h, 2N NaOH was added to the solution until pH = 12. The crude product was then extracted with CHC12 (2x200 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x100 mL) , dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 314 (M+) .
To a solution of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydro-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile (0.050 g,
0.16 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) at 0°C, was added formalin (9.5 mg, 0.32 mmol), then NaBH(OAc)3
(0.050 g, 0.24 mmol). After 1 h, aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) was added to the solution and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (2x50 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x20 mL) , brine (20 mL) dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to yield crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on HMDS treated silica gel with EtOAc to yield the free base of the final title compound. MS (ES) 328 (M+) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 108 Preparation of 7-Benzoyl-4- [2- (2-chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000151_0001
To a solution of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydro-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile (0.050 g, 0.16 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) at 0°C, was added pyridine (16 μL, 0.20 mmol), then benzoyl chloride(22 μL, 0.19 mmol). After 1.5 h, aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) was added to the solution. The solution was extracted with EtOAc (2x50 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x20 mL) , brine (20 mL) dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc) on silica gel to yield the free base of the title compound. MS (ES) 418 (M+) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 109 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -7- (pyridine-3-carbonyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-pyrido [3,4- d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000151_0002
This compound was synthesized in a manner similar to Example 104, except in place of benzoyl chloride, nicotinoyl chloride (31 mg, 0.17 mmol) was used. The. crude product was purified by flash chromatography on HMDS treated silica gel (10% MeOH/EtOAc) to yield the free base of the title compound. MS (ES) 419 (M+) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 110 Preparation of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-cyano- 5, 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid cyclohexylamide hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000152_0001
This compound was synthesized in a manner similar to Example 104, except in place of benzoyl chloride, cyclohexyl isocyanate (35 mg, 0.28 mmol) was used. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% MeOH/EtOAc) to yield the free base of the title compound. MS (ES) 440 (M+ +1) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 111 Preparation of {4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-methyl- 5 , 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidin-7-yl) -pyridin-3-yl- methanone bishydrochloride.
Figure imgf000153_0001
4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-5 , 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d] pyrimidine-7- carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester.
To a solution of 4-Oxo-piperidine-l, 3-dicarboxylic acid 1- tert-butyl ester 3-methyl ester (5.0 g, 18 mmol) in 200 mL methanol at room temperature was added potassium carbonate (25 g, 180 mmol) then acetamidine hydrochloride (1.9 g, 20 mmol) . After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the solution was neutralized to pH = 7 with aqueous HCl and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x300 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x100 mL) , dried with Na2S0, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 266 (M+ +1) .
2-Methyl-4-trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-5 , 8-dihydro-6ff- pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. A solution of 4-Hydroxy-2-methyl-5, 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3, 4- d] pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (260 mg, 0.96 mmol) in 30 mL CH2C12 was cooled to 0°C and triethylamine (0.48 mL, 3.5 mmol) was added, followed by trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride (0.48 mL, 2.9 mmol). After 10 minutes, the solution was quenched with water and the solution was extracted with CH2C12 (2x50 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x25 mL) , dried with Na2S0 , and concentrated in vacuo to provide crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent 9% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 398 (M+ +1) .
4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2-methyl-5, 8-dihydro-6ff- pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. To a solution of 2-Methyl-4-trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-5 , 8- dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester (310 mg, 0.79 mmol) in NMP (8.0 mL) at RT was added N, N- diisopropylethylamme (0.16 mL, 0.95 mmol), and 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -ethylamine (0.12 mL, 0.87 mmol). The solution was then heated to 80°C. After 2.5 h, the solution was poured into water and the solution was extracted with EtOAc (2x50 mL) . The combined organic layers were then washed with water (2x25 mL) , brine (3x20 mL) , dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution 11—>20%
EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 403 (M+) . [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl]- (2-methyl-5, 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydropyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine.
To a solution of 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -2- methyl-5 , 8-dihydro-6ff-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidine-7-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (5.6 g, 14 mmol) in CH2C12 (140 mL) at 0°C, was added TFA (40.0 mL, 520 mmol). After warming to room temperature for 1 h, 2N NaOH (40 mL) was added to the solution until pH 12 was reached. The solution was extracted with CH2C12 (2x500 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2x200 mL) , dried with Na2S04 and concentrated in vacuo to yield the intermediate title compound. MS (ES) 303 (M+) .
To a solution of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-methyl-
5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-pyrido [3 , 4-d]pyrimidin-4-yl) -amine (0.050 g, 0.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) at 0°C, was added pyridine (29 μL, 0.36 mmol), then nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (32 mg, 0.18 mmol). After 0.5 h, aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) was added to the solution and the solution was extracted with CH2C12 (2x50 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x20 mL) , dried with Na2S0 and concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude title product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on HMDS treated silica gel (5% MeOH/EtOAc) to yield the free base of the final title compound. MS (ES) 408 (M+) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 112 Preparation of [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethyl] - (2-fluoromethyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-quinazolin-4-yl) -amine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000156_0001
DAST (16.4 mg, 0.10 mmol) is added dropwise to a cold (-
78°C) solution of {4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -
5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-quinazolin-2-yl} -methanol (25.0 mg, 0.08 mmol) in 1 mL CH2C12. The solution is warmed to 0 °C over 3 h, poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with CH2C12 (3x10 mL) . The organics are combined, dried (Na2S0 ) , filtered and concentrated in vacuo . The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (gradient elution 10 to 25% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the free base of the title compound. MS (ES) 322 (M+ +1) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and an excess of a IM solution of HCl in diethyl ether is added. The diethyl ether, methylene chloride and excess HCl are then removed in vacuo to produce the title compound.
Example 113 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro- quinazoline-2-carboxylic acid (furan-2-ylmethyl) -amide trifluoroacetate .
Figure imgf000156_0002
A solution of EDCI (26.0 mg, 0.14 mmol) and HOBt ( 18.0 mg, 0.14 mmol) is added to 4- [2- (2-Chloro-phenyl) -ethylamino] - 5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydro-quinazoline-2-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) in 1 mL DMF. Triethylamine (0.038 mL, 0.27 mmol) is added dropwise followed by 2-aminomethylfuran (0.014 mL, 0.16 mmol) . After stirring for 16 h the solution was then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x5 mL) . The combined organic layers were washed with water (2x5 mL) , dried with Na2S04, and concentrated in vacuo . The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel
(gradient elution 25 to 50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to yield the free base of the title compound. MS (ES) 411 (M+) . The free base is dissolved in a minimum amount of methylene chloride and a slight excess of TFA (trifluoroacetic acid) is added. The methylene chloride and excess TFA is then removed under vacuum to provide the final title compound.
Example 114 Preparation of 2-Mercaptoethyl-4- [2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamino]pyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000157_0001
2-Chloro-4-hydroxypyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (1). The intermediate titled compound was prepared essentially by the method outlined in JACS, 77, 2256 (1955) .
2-Mercaptoethyl-4-chloropyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine. A mixture of 2-chloro-4-hydroxypyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (600 mg, 3.30 mmol), sodium ethanethiolate (960 mg, 11.60 mmol), and N, N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was warmed at 85-95°C for 2 h. The solution was cooled, concentrated, and treated with 5% methanol in methylene chloride (25 mL) . The resulting solid was dissolved in IN HCl ( 50 mL) , concentrated, and filtered with the aid of diethyl ether. The product was the hydrochloride salt of 2-mercaptoethyl-4- hydroxypyrido (2, 3-d) pyrimidine, 1.5 g, and was used as such without further purification. MS (ES+) 208. The hydroxypyrimidine thus obtained (1.5 g, 3.30 mmol, containing sodium chloride) was refluxed in phosphorus oxychloride (20 mL) for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, concentrated, and dissolved in chloroform (75 mL) . The solution, containing some undissolved sodium chloride, was added slowly to an ice cold solution of saturated sodium bicarbonate (75 mL) , the layers were separated, and the organic was backwashed with chloroform (25 mL) . The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated, and purified by flash silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate) to give a pale yellow solid of the intermediate title compound (613 mg, 82%) . MS (ES+) 225.
Anal . Calcd for C9H8N3SC1 :
Theory: C, 47.90, H, 3.57, N, 18.62.
Found: C, 47.81, H, 3.42, N, 18.26.
A mixture of 2-mercaptoethyl-4-chloropyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (152 mg, 0.67 mmol), 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (133 mg, 0.86 mmol), potassium carbonate (186 mg, 1.35 mmol) , and l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (5 mL) was heated at 105-115 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and partitioned between ethyl acetate (40 mL) and water (40 mL) . The organic layer was backwashed with brine (40 mL) , dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to a residue. The residue was chromatographed over flash silica gel (ethyl acetate) to give the pure free base of the final title compound, 111 mg. The solid was suspended in ethanol and a solution of 0.5 M HCl in ethanol (1.6 mL, 2.5 eq.) was added. The resulting solution was filtered, concentrated, and treated with diethyl ether. The resulting solid was filtered, dried, providing the final title compound (97 mg,
38%) . MS (ES+) 345.
Anal. Calcd for Cι77N4SCl-HCl»0.1 EtOH Theory: C, 53.53, H, 4.86, N, 14.52. Found: C, 53.29, H, 4.73, N, 14.21.
Example 115 Preparation of 2-Cyano-4- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamino] pyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000159_0001
2 , 4-Dichloropyrido (2, 3-d) pyrimidine.
The intermediate title compound was prepared essentially by the method outlined in JACS, 77, 2256 (1955).
2-Chloro-4- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamino] pyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine. A mixture of 2 , 4-dichloropyrido (2, 3-d) pyrimidine (300 mg, 1.50 mmol), 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (300 mg, 1.90 mmol), potassium carbonate (415 mg, 3.00 mmol), and 1- methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (5 mL) was heated and stirred at 95- 100°C for 1.5 h. The mixture was cooled, poured into a separatory funnel and partitioned between ethyl acetate (30 mL) and brine (30 mL) . An insoluble portion was filtered from the biphasic mixture, was filtered, and held aside. The organic layer was backwashed with brine (30 mL) , dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to a solid. The insoluble material obtained earlier was combined with this material and the combined solids were treated with 1:1 diethyl ether / hexanes (50 mL) . The resulting tan solid was filtered, suspended in ethanol, and celite (400 mg) was added. The mixture was concentrated to a powder, added to a silica gel column, and eluted with ethyl acetate followed by 2% methanol in methylene chloride. The intermediate title compound was isolated as a pale yellow solid, 380 mg (79%) . MS (ES+) 319.
A mixture of 2-chloro-4- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamino] pyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (375 mg, 1.18 mmol), potassium cyanide (765 mg, 11.8 mmol), and dimethylsulfoxide (5 mL) was stirred and heated at 115-120°C for 6 h. The dark solution was poured into a separatory funnel and partitioned between water (50 mL) and 10% isopropanol in chloroform (2 X 50 mL) . The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to an oil. Chromatography over flash silica gel (ethyl acetate) gave a yellow solid of the free base of the final title compound (34 mg) . The solid was suspended in ethanol, treated with 0.6 mL (2.5 eq. ) of 0.5 M HCl in ethanol, and solution was obtained. The solution was filtered, concentrated, and diethyl ether was added. The resulting solid was filtered and dried to give final title compound (28 mg, 7%). MS (ES+) 310.
Anal. Calcd for Ci5H12N5Cl-HCl»0.4EtOH Theory: C, 55.20, H, 3.90, N, 18.92. Found: C, 55.33, H, 4.26, N, 19.21.
Example 116 Preparation of 2-trifluoromethyl-4- [2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamino] pyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000161_0001
2-Trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxypyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine . A mixture of 2-aminonicotinic acid (2.5 g, 18.1 mmol), 2 , 2 , 2-trifluoroacetamide (6.2 g, 54.8 mmol), and l-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (30 mL) was refluxed for 18 h. The mixture was cooled and added as such to a flash 65M silica gel cartridge, eluting with 2% methanol in methylene chloride gradually increasing to 5% methanol in methylene chloride. The crude desired was obtained containing l-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone. The liquid was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and water (3 X 100 mL) . The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a solid which was suspended in ethyl acetate/hexanes, filtered, and dried to give the intermediate title compound (285 mg) . The aqueous layer obtained above was extracted in 100 mL portions with ethyl acetate (100 mL) . The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated, and treated with methylene chloride/hexanes . After seeding with intermediate title compound obtained above, a second crop of crystals was obtained, 120 mg. The two solids were combined to give the intermediate title compound (405 mg, 10%). MS (ES+) 215.
2-Trifluoromethyl-4-chloropyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine. A suspension of 2-trifluoromethyl-4-hydroxypyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (404 mg, 1.88 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 2 h. The solution was cooled, concentrated, and dissolved in chloroform (25 mL) . The solution was added to an ice cold stirring solution of aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) , brought to room temperature, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and chromatographed (flash 40S, 7 X 4 cm cartridge with 40 g silica gel from Biotage, a division of Dyax, 1500 Avon
Street, Charlottesville, Virginia 22902, 3:2 hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give a light yellow solid of the intermediate title compound (316 mg, 72%). MS FD+ 233. Anal. Calcd for C8H3N3F3C1
Theory: C, 41.14, H, 1.29, N, 17.99. Found: C, 40.95, H, 1.14, N, 17.74.
A mixture of 2-trifluoromethyl-4-chloropyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (300 mg, 1.28 mmol), 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (250 mg, 1.61 mmol), and potassium carbonate (355 mg, 2.57 mmol) was heated in l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (7 mL) at 110- 120°C for 1.5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, poured into a separatory funnel, and partitioned with ethyl acetate (25 mL) and brine (2 X 25 mL) . An insoluble precipitate was filtered from the initial biphasic mixture and held aside. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a solid which was combined with the precipitated solid earlier obtained. The combined solids were suspended in methylene chloride and filtered. The solid thus obtained was homogeneous desired. The filtrate contained more product and was chromatographed (flash 4OS, 4:1 ethyl acetate/hexanes) to provide additional material. The two solids thus obtained were pooled and dried to give the free base of the final title compound (380 mg, 84%) . 175 mg (0.5 mmol) of the above solid was dissolved in ethanol, treated with 1.5 mL (3 eq. ) of IM HCl in ethanol, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Addition of diethyl ether provided the final title compound (176 mg) . MS (ES+) 353. Example 117 Preparation of 2-trifluoromethyl-4- [2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamino] -5:6:7: 8-tetrahydro-l : 3 triazanaphthalene .
Figure imgf000163_0001
A mixture of 2-trifluoromethyl-4- [2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamino] pyrido (2, 3-d) pyrimidine (200 mg,
0.57 mmol, example 116) and platinum oxide (14 mg) in ethanol (14 mL) was hydrogenated at 60 psi for 1.5 h at room temp. The solution was concentrated to give a solid which was dissolved in ethanol and treated with 1.5 mL (3 eq.) of 1 M HCl in ethanol . The solution was concentrated to dryness, diethyl ether was added, and the resulting solid was filtered and dried to give the title compound (168 mg, 75%) . MS (ES+) 357.
Example 118 Preparation of 2-mercaptoethyl-4- [2- (2- chlorophenyl ) ethylamino] - 5:6:7:8-tetrahdro-1 : 3 triazanaphthalene hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000163_0002
2-Chloro-4- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamino] - 5:6:7:8- tetrahydro-1 : 3 : 8-triazanaphthalene . A solution of 2-chloro-4- [2- (2- chlorophenyl) ethylamino] pyrido (2 , 3-d) pyrimidine (370 mg, 1.16 mmol, example 115) in ethanol (20 mL) containing platinum oxide (30 mg) was hydrogenated at 60 psi, room temperature, for 1 h. The solvent was removed to give a solid which was chromatographed (flash 40S, 2% methanol in methylene chloride) to provide a white solid of intermediate title compound(282 mg, 75%). MS (ES+) 323.
A mixture of 2-chloro-4- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamino] -
5:6:7:8- tetrahydro-1 : 3 : 8-triazanaphthalene (50 mg, 0.155 mmol), cupric oxide (6 mg) , cupric sulfate pentahydrate (6 mg) , ethanethiol ( 1 mL) , and l-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (2 mL) was heated and stirred in a pressure tube at 195-200°C for 6 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the contents were then partitioned between ethyl acetate (20 mL) and brine (2 X 20 mL) . The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to a foam. Chromatography (flash 40S, 0.5% methanol in methylene chloride) gave the free base of the final title compound (35 mg) . The solid was suspended in ethanol and 0.4 mL of 0.5 M
HCl in ethanol was added. The resulting solution was filtered, concentrated, and dried to give the final title compound (28 mg, 47%). MS (ES+) 349. Anal. Calcd for Cι7H2ιN4SCl»HCl»0.25 H20 Theory: C, 52.37, H, 5.77, N, 14.37. Found: C, 52.40, H, 5.64, N, 14.17.
Example 119 Preparation of [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] (2-methylthio (7 , 8- dihydro-5H-pyrano [3 , 4-e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) amine.
Figure imgf000165_0001
Methyl 4-oxo-2H-3, 5, 6-trihydropyran-3-carboxylate . Methyl magnesium carbonate (2.5M in DMF, 13 mL, 32.5mmol) was added to a lOOmL round bottom flask containing tetrahydro-4H-pyran-4-one (1 mL, 10.8 mmol) and heated at 110°C while a stream of nitrogen was blown over the mixture. After 30 min, 50 mL diethyl ether was added and the stirred vigorously for 30 min. The solids were then filtered and washed with thoroughly with diethyl ether. The solids were suspended in 100 mL ethyl acetate and added in one portion to an ice-cold solution of 5N HCl (100 mL) After 15 min the mixture was warmed to RT, partitioned, dried with Magnesium sulfate and concentrated to a white solid. The solids were dissolved in 4:1 diethyl ether/methanol (15mL), cooled to 0°C and charged with 10 mL TMS-diazomethane dropwise over 15 min. The reaction mixture was warmed to RT, concentrated and purified on a Flash 40M cartridge, (a 10 X 4 cm cartridge with 00 g silica gel from Biotage, a division of Dyax, 1500 Avon Street,
Charlottesville, Virginia 22902), using 15% EtOAc/Hex to provide the intermediate title compound. -"ΗNMR (400MHZ, CDC13) : 2.24 (m, 2H) , 3.60 and 3.62 (2s, 3H) , 3.70 (t, 2H) , 3.85 (m, 0.5H, enol form), 4.12 (t, 2H) , 11.6 (s, 0.5H, enol form) . MS (ES+) : 159.
4-Chloro-2-methylthio-7, 8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4, 3- d] pyrimidine . Methyl 4-oxo-2H-3 , 5, 6-trihydropyran-3-carboxylate (177 mg, 1.1 mmol) and S-methyl isothiourea sulfate (156 mg, 0.56 mmol) were added to a suspension of Na2C03 (1.2g, 11 mmol)) in 5mL MeOH at RT for 4 hrs . The solids were filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in water (20 mL . ) The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 5 with glacial acetic acid, and extracted into dichloromethane, dried with Magnesium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to a colorless oil, which solidified upon standing at RT. The solids from above were dissolved in P0C13 (lOmL) and heated at 110 °C for one hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, redissolved in EtOAc and added dropwise to an ice cold solution of saturated NaHC03, partitioned, dried with Magnesium sulfate and purified on a Flash 40S cartridge using 10% EtOAc/hex to give the intermediate title compound (135 mg, 57%, over two steps.) XH NMR (400MHz, CDC13) : 2.49 (s, 3H) , 2.84 (t, 2H) , 3.95 (t, 2H) . MS (ES+) :217.
4-Chloro-2-methylthio-7 , 8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine (130mg, 0.6mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL NMP, followed by 2(2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (84μl, 0.6mmol) and pyridine (121 μL, 1.5 mmol). Stirred at 100°C for 90 min. Diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x) , dried with Magnesium sulfate, concentrated and purified on a Flash 40S cartridge (20%
EtOAc/Hex) to give 81 mg (40%) of final title compound. XH NMR (400MHz, CDC13) : 2.50 (s, 3H) , 2.70 (t, 2H) , 3.03 (t, 2H) , 3.75 (q, 2H) , 3.90 (t, 2H) , 4.30 (s, 2H) , 7.15 (m, 3H) , 7.33 (m, IH) . MS (ES+) : 336.
Example 120 Preparation of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -2- (methylsulfonyl) -7 , 8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4, 3-d] pyrimidine.
Figure imgf000167_0001
4-Chloro-2-methylthio-7 , 8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4, 3-d] pyrimidine (114 mg, 0.53 mmol, example 119) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and charged with MCPBA (50% w/w, 365 mg, l.lmM) and stirred at RT . After 3 hrs the reaction mixture consisted mostly of sulfoxide, as determined by MS. MCPBA was added again in lOmg portions in 30-min intervals until only sulfone was observed by MS (a total of 60mg) . Partitioned reaction mixture with saturated NaHC03 solution, dried organics with Magnesium sulfate, concentrated in vacuo and purified on a Flash 40S cartridge (40% EtOAc/Hex) to give 106 mg (80%) of title compound. XHNMR (400 MHz, CDC13) : 3.07 (t, 2H) , 3.30 (s, 3H) , 4.04 (t, 2H) , 4.75 (s, 2H) . MS (ES+) 249.
Example 121 Preparation of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino) -7 , 8- dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000167_0002
4-{ [2- (2-Chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -2- (methylsulfonyl) -7 , 8- dihydro-5H-pyrano [4, 3-d] pyrimidine (90 mg, 0.36 mmol, example 120) was dissolved in NMP and charged with 2(2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine (51 μL, 0.36 mmol) and pyridine (58 μL, 0.72mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 4 hrs . Solid KCN (470mg, 7.2 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred at 100°C for 24 hrs. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine (2x) , dried with Magnesium sulfate, concentrated and purified on a Flash 40S cartridge (30% EtOAC/Hex) . The appropriate fractions were concentrated and charged with 2 mL 0.5M ethanolic HCl and 1 mL methanol to aid solubilization. After one hour at RT the mixture was concentrated and triturated with diethyl ether. The resulting solids were filtered and dried under high vacuum at 60°C overnight to give 44mg (35%) of the title compound. XH NMR (400MHz, DMSO): 2.65 (t, 2H) , 2.95 ( (t, 2H) , 3.59 (q, 2H) , 3.85 (t, 2H) , 4.40 (s, 2H) , 7.25-7.56 (m, 4H) . MS (ES+) 314.
Example 122 Preparation of [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] (2-methyl (7 , 8- dihydro-5H-pyrano [3 , 4-e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) amine.
Figure imgf000168_0001
The title compound was synthesized in the same fashion as the procedure set forth in example 121, except acetamidine HCl was used instead of S-methyl isothiourea sulfate. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) : 2.41 (s, 3H) , 2.69 (t, 2H) , 2.94 (t, 2H) , 3.67 (t, 2H) , 3.84 (t, 2H) , 4.34 (s, 2H) , 7.17-7.38 (m, 4H) . MS (ES+)305. Example 123 Preparation of [2- (2 , 6-dichlorophenyl) ethyl] (2- ethylthio(7, 8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [3, 4-e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000169_0001
The title compound was synthesized in the same manner as the procedure set forth in example 120, except in the synthesis of its precursor, as described in example 119, instead of S- methyl isothiourea sulfate, 2-ethyl-2-thiopseudo urea HBr was used, and in the synthesis of the precursor following the procedure in example 120, instead of 2(2- chlorophenyl) ethylamine, 2 , 6-dichlorophenethyl amine was used. After purification the obtained solids were treated with 0.5M ethanolic HCl , allowed to stand at RT for one hour, concentrated to low volume and triturated with diethyl ether to obtain 52 mg of a white solid which was dried under high vacuum at 60°C to provide the title compound. XH NMR (400MHz, DMS0-d6) : 1.4 (t, 3H) , 2.52 (t, 2H) , 3.15 (m, 4H) , 3.54 (m, 4H) , 4.35 (s, 2H) , 7.22 (t, IH) , 7.39 (d, 2H) . MS (ES+) 384.
Example 124 Preparation of (2-chloro (7 , 8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [3 , 4- e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000170_0001
4-{ [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -7, 8-dihydro-5H- pyrano [4 , 3-d] pyrimidin-2-ol .
[2- (2-Chlorophenyl) ethyl] (2-methylthio (7 , 8-dihydro-5H- pyrano [3 , 4-e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) amine (42 mg, 0.13 mmol, example 119) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (ImL) and charged with H202 (30%, 57 μl, 0.5 mmol) and heated at reflux for one hour. The mixture was concentrated, diluted with EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHC03 , dried with Magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo . This material was taken the to next step without further purification.
4-{ [2- (2-Chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -7, 8-dihydro-5H- pyrano [4 , 3-d] pyrimidin-2-ol was dissolved in P0C13 and heated at 110°C for 4 hrs. Concentrated in vacuo, redissolved in EtOAc and added dropwise to an ice-cold solution of saturated NaHC03. The layers were separated and the organics dried with Magnesium sulfate. The residue was treated with 0.5M ethanolic HCl, allowed to stand at RT for one hour, concentrated and triturated with dichloromethane and placed in the freezer overnight. Filtered solids to give the final title compound (4.1mg, 87%) as a light tan solid. 1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, 1 drop D20) : 2.52 (t, 2H) , 2.88 (t, 2H) , 3.49 (t, 2H) , 3.77 (t, 2H) , 4.25 (s, 2H) , 7.18-7.39 (m, 4H) . MS (ES+) : 238.
Example 125 Preparation of [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] (2-ethylthio (6, 7- dihydro-5H-pyrano [3 , 2-e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) amine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000171_0001
1- (2 , 2-Dimethyl-l, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) -3-bromopropane.
Figure imgf000171_0002
3-bromo propanol (5 mL, 55 mmol) , t-butylchlorodiphenyl silane (21.5 mL, 83mmol) , triethylamine (15 mL, llOmmol) , and DMAP (100 mg) were dissolved in 200mL dichloromethane and stirred at RT for 18 hrs. The mixture was then diluted and washed with brine and water, dried with Magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purified on a Flash 65M cartridge (l%EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 12.5g (60%) of intermediate title compound. "-Η NMR (400MHZ, CDC13): 1.01 (s, 9H) , 2.03 (m, 2H) , 3.55 (t, 2H) , 3.74 (t, 2H) , 7.39 (m, 6H) , 7.61 (m, 4H) .
Ethyl phenylmethyl 2- [3- (2 , 2-dimethyl-l, 1-diphenyl-l- silapropoxy) propyl] propane-1, 3-dioate .
Benzylethylmalonate, tetrabutylammonium iodide and Cs2C03 were azeotroped from toluene and dried under high vacuum prior to use. 1- (2 , 2-Dimethyl-l , 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) - 3-bromopropane (315 mg, 0.83mmol) was added to a dry 5mL round bottom flask, equipped with a reflux condenser, containing benzylethylmalonate (185 μL, 0.83 mmol), Cs2C03 (406 mg, 1.25mmol) and tetrabutylammonium iodide (lOmg) in anhydrous THF (2mL) and heated at reflux for 18 hrs. The reaction mixture was then cooled to RT, the solids were filtered and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was purified on a Flash 40M cartridge (10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 370mg (86%) of the intermediate title compound. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) : 0.96 (s, 9H) , 1.12 (t, 3H) , 1.49 (m, 2H) ,
1.95 (m, 2H) , 3.34 (t, IH) , 3.58 (t, 2H) , 4.09 (q, 2H) , 5.09 (s, 2H) , 7.2-7.4 (m, 11H) , 7.56 (dd, 4H) .
5- [3- (2 , 2-Dimethyl-l, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) propyl] -2- ethylthiopyrimidine-4, 6-diol .
Ethyl phenylmethyl 2- [3- (2 , 2-dimethyl-l, 1-diphenyl-l- silapropoxy) propyl] propane-1 , 3-dioate (7.67g, 14.8 mmol) was added to a suspension of 10% Pd/C in ethanol and stirred under a H2 atmosphere for 90 minutes. The catalyst was then filtered, washed with ethanol and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and placed under high vacuum overnight. The free acid (6.3g, 14.7mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF and charged with EDCI (4.23g, 22. lmmol) and N- hydroxysuccinimide (2.53 g, 22. lmmol) and stirred at RT for 3 hrs. 2-ethyl-2-thiopseudourea HBr (4.1g, 22. lmmol) and Hunig's base (7.7 mL, 44.2mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 20 hrs to give a mixture of ethyl 5- (2 , 2-dimethyl-l, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) -2- [N- ( ethylthioiminomethyl ) carbamoyl]pentanoate and 5- [3- (2,2- dimethyl-1, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) propyl] -2- ethylthiopyrimidine-4, 6-diol within a fairly complex reaction mixture. Purified on a Flash 65M cartridge using 1L each 10%, 20%, and 30% EtOAc/Hexanes) . Ethyl 5-(2,2- dimethyl-1, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) -2- [N- (ethylthioiminomethyl) carbamoyl]pentanoate was then dissolved in toluene and heated at 120°C for 24 hrs. This mixture was then cooled in a freezer for 6 hrs, the solids were filtered to give a total of 920mg (16%) of intermediate title compound. XH NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6) 0.99 (s, 9H) , 1.29 ( t , 3H) , 1 . 69 ( t , 2H) , 2 . 31 (bt , 2H ) , 3 . 10 ( q, 2H) , 3 . 64 ( t , 2H) , 7 . 44 (m, 6H) , 7 . 63 (m, 4H) .
4-Chloro-2-ethylthio-6, 7-dihydro-5H-pyrano [2 , 3-d] pyrimidine hydrochloride .
5- [3- (2, 2-Dimethyl-l, 1-diphenyl-l-silapropoxy) propyl] -2- ethylthiopyrimidine-4, 6-diol (752 mg, 1.6 mmol) was suspended in POC13 (15mL) and heated until a homogenous solution was obtained (ca. 45 min), the mixture was then cooled to RT, concentrated in vacuo, redissolved in EtOAc, and added slowly to an ice-cold solution of saturated NaHC03. The layers were then separated, the organics dried with Magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. Purified on a Flash 40M cartridge (20% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 320mg (86%) of intermediate title compound. λU NMR (400MHz,
CDC13) : 1.47 (t, 3H) , 2.1 (m, 2H) , 2.75 (t, 2H) , 3.14 (q, 2H) , 4.40 (t, 2H) . MS (ES+) : 231.
4-Chloro-2-ethylthio-6 , 7-dihydro-5H-pyrano [2 , 3-d] pyrimidine hydrochloride (445 mg, 1.9 mmol), 2(2- chlorophenyl ) ethylamine (408 μL,2.9 mmol), and Hunig's base
(827 μL, 4.8 mmol) were dissolved in NMP and stirred at 90°C overnight. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine and water. Purified on a Flash 40M cartridge (30% EtOAc/Hexanes) . The pooled fractions were concentrated and treated with lOmL 0.5M ethanolic HCl, allowed to stand at RT for one hour, concentrated to low volume and treated with diethyl ether to produce white solids. These were filtered and dried under high vacuum at 60°C to give 520 mg (71%) of the final title compound. XH NMR (400MHz, CDC13): 1.32 (t, 3H) , 1.58 (bt, 2H) , 2.28 (t, 2H) , 3.00 (m, 4H) , 3.15 (bs, 2H) , 4.25 (t, 2H)7.24-7.45 (m, 4H) . MS (ES+) : 350. Eexxaammppllee 1i26o Preparation of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -6, 7- dihydro-5H-pyrano [2 , 3-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000174_0001
[2- (2-Chlorophenyl) ethyl] (2-ethylthio (6, 7-dihydro-5H- pyrano [3 , 2-e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) amine (414 mg, 1.2 mmol, example 125) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5mL) and treated with MCPBA (70% w/w, 590 mg, 2.4 mmol) and stirred at RT for 2 hrs. Diluted reaction with dichloromethane and added 20mL saturated NaHC03 and stirred vigorously for 30 min. The organic layer was dried with Magnesium sulfate, and concentrated in vacuo to a colorless oil. This oil was then dissolved in DMSO (5mL) and treated with KCN (781 mg, 12 mmol) and stirred at 100°C overnight. Diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine and water, dried with Magnesium sulfate and purified on a Flash 40M cartridge (30% EtOAc/Hexanes) . The pooled fractions were concentrated and treated with lOmL 0.5M ethanolic HCl, allowed to stand at RT for one hour, concentrated to low volume and treated with diethyl ether to produce white solids. These were filtered and dried under high vacuum at 60°C to give 252 mg (60%) of title compound. XH NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) : 1.9 (t, 2H) , 2.4 (t, 2H) , 3.0 (t, 2H) , 3.65 (q, 2H) , 4.24 (t, 2H) , 7.20-7.45 (m, 4H) . MS (ES+) : 315.
Example 127 Preparation of [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] -6, 7-dihydro-5H- pyrano [3 , 2-e]pyrimidm-4-ylamine .
Figure imgf000175_0001
[2- (2-Chlorophenyl) ethyl] (2-ethylthio (6 , 7-dihydro-5H- pyrano [3 , 2-e]pyrimidin-4-yl) ) amine hydrochloride (530 mg, 1.4 mmol, example 125) was added to a suspension of Rainey Nickel (2g) in ethanol and agitated on a Parr shaker for 30 hrs. After filtration of the catalyst the solvent was evaporated to give 224 mg (52%) of the title compound in excellent purity. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMS0-d6): 1.88 (t, 3H) , 2.27 (t, 3H),2.95 (t, 3H) , 3.57 (q, 2H) , 4.18 (t, 3H) , 6.74
(t, IH, NH) , 7.20-7.41 (m, 4H) , 7.99 (s, IH) . MS (ES+) : 290.
Example 128 Preparation of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile trifluoroacetate .
Figure imgf000175_0002
Methyl 1- [ (tert-butyl) oxycarbonyl] -4-oxopiperidine-3- carboxylate .
Figure imgf000175_0003
BOC-anhydride (16.9 g, 77.4 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl 4-oxo-3-piperidine-carboxylate hydrochloride (10 g, 51.6 mmol) and triethylamine (14 mL, 103 mmol) in dichloromethane (lOOmL) and stirred at RT overnight. Concentrated to low volume, filtered solids and purified on a Flash 65M cartridge (10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 13. lg (98%) intermediate title compound. XH NMR (400MHz. CDC13): 1.47 (s, 9H) , 2.36 (bt, 2H) , 3.54 (t, 2H) , 3.77 (s, 3H) , 4.04 (s, 2H) .
tert-Butyl 2-ethylthio-4- [ ( trifluoromethyl) sulfonyloxy] - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylate . Methyl 1- [ (tert-butyl) oxycarbonyl] -4-oxopiperidine-3- carboxylate (l.Og, 3.9 mmol) was dissolved in 1:1 Dioxane/water (lOmL) and treated with 2-ethyl-2-thiopseudo urea HBr (791 mg, 4.3 mmol) and sodium carbonate (1.24 g, 11.7 mmol) and stirred at RT for 24 hrs. The mixture was treated with glacial acetic acid until the pH reached 5 and then extracted with 10% isopropyl alcohol/Chloroform, dried with Magnesium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to white solids (lg) . The crude solids were subsequently dissolved in dichloromethane, treated with pyridine (650 μL, 8.0 mmol) and cooled to -40°C. Trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride (810 μL, 4.8 mmol) was added dropwise. The dark brown reaction mixture was stirred at -40°C for 30 min, then warmed to RT, diluted with dichloromethane, washed with brine, dried with Magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. Purified on a Flash 40L cartridge (21 X 4 cm cartridge with 120 g silica gel from Biotage, a division of Dyax, 1500 Avon Street, Charlottesville, Virginia 22902, 10%EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 904 mg (52%) of the intermediate title compound. ""Ή NMR (400MHz, CDC13): 1.34 (t, 3H) , 1.44 (s, 9H) , 2.88 (t, 2H) , 3.06 (q, 2H) , 3.70 (t, 2H) , 4.46 (s, 2H) . MS (ES+) : 444. tert-Butyl 4-{ [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -2-cyano- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino[4, 3-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylate . tert-Butyl 2-ethylthio-4- [ ( trifluoromethyl) sulfonyloxy] - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d] pyrimidine-6-carboxylate (900 mg, 2.1 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane. Added MCPBA (70%w/w, l.Og, 4.2 mmol) and stirred at RT for one hour. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with brine and water, partitioned and purified on a Flash 40M cartridge to give 876 mg (88%) of the sulfone.
The sulfone was dissolved in NMP, added 2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethylamine (311 μL, 2.2 mmol) and Hunig's base (383 μL, 2.2 mmol) and stirred at RT for 30 min. The mixture was warmed to 100°C, added KCN (586 mg, 9.0 mmol) and stirred at that temperature forlδ hrs. The mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried with Magnesium sulfate. Purified on a Flash 40L cartridge (25% EtOAc/Hexanes) to give 280 mg (38%) of the intermediate title compound. XH NMR (400MHz, CDC13): 1.42 (s, 9H) , 2.74 (t, 2H) , 3.02 (bs, 2H) , 3.62 (t, 2H) , 3.75 (t, 2H) , 4.10 (s, 2H) , 7.12-7.32 (m, 4H) . MS (ES+): 414.
tert-Butyl 4-{ [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] mino} -2-cyano- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4 , 3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylate (3.4 g, 8.2 mmol) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid and dichloromethane (15 mL/25mL) and stirred at RT for 3 hrs. Concentrated in vacuo to low volume, added 100 mL diethyl ether, filtered solids and dried under high vacuum at 40°C to give 3.2 g (72%) of final title compound. . XH NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) : 2.87 (t, 2H) , 3.01 (t, 2H) , 3.41 (t, 2H) , 3.64 (q, 2H) , 3.98 (s, 2H) , 7.24-7.41 (m, 4H) , 7.87 (t, IH, NH) . Example 129 Preparation of (4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -2- cyano (5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl) ) -N- ethylcarboxamide hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000178_0001
To a suspension of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile trifluoroacetate (143 mg, 0.26mmol, example 128, free based in si tu with either Hunig's base or pyridine) in dichloromethane was added ethylisocyanate (25 μL, 0.32 mmol) and Hunig's base (135 μL, 0.78 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 3 hrs . The reaction mixture was applied directly to a Flash 40s cartridge and purified using 3:1 EtOAc/Hexanes . The resulting urea was treated with 0.5M ethanolic HCl, allowed to stand at RT for 2 hrs, concentrated and triturated with diethyl ether to give 93mg (85%) of the final title compound. 1H NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6) : 1.05 (t, 3H) , 2.78 (t, 2H) , 3.04 (m, 4H) , 3.62 (m, 4H) , 4.21 (2H), 7.25-7.43 (m, 4H) , 7.63 (t, IH, NH) . MS (ES+) 385.
Example 130 Preparation of (4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -2- cyano (5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl) ) -N- cyclohexylcarboxamide hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000179_0001
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 129. XH NMR (400MHz, DMSO): 1.0-1.25 (m, 6H) , 1.4-1.8 (m, 6H) , 2.57 (t, 2H) , 2.94 (t, 2H)3.53 (m, 4H) , 4.12 (s, 2H) , 7.20-7.24 (m, 4H) , 7.35 (dd, IH, NH) , 7.55 (t, IH, NH) . MS (ES+)439.
Example 131 Preparation of (4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -2- cyano (5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl) ) -N- benzamide hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000179_0002
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 129. lH NMR (400MHz, DMSO) 2.69 (t, 2H) , 2.95 (t, 2H) , 3.58 (q, 2H) , 3.70 (t, 2H) , 4.28 (s, 2H) , 6.89 (t, IH) , 7.15-7.42 (m, 8H) , 7.66 (IH, NH)MS (ES+) 433.
Example 132 Preparation of 6-butanoyl-4-{ [2- (2- chlorophenyl ) ethyl] amino} -5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4,3- d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000180_0001
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 129. MS: (ES+) : 384
Example 133 Preparation of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -6- (cyclohexylcarbonyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4,3- d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000180_0002
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 129. MS (ES+) : 424
Example 134 Preparation of phenyl 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} cyano-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d]pyrimidine-6- carboxylate hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000180_0003
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 129. MS (ES+) : 434. Example 135 Preparation of4-{ [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -6-benzyl- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000181_0001
4-{ [2- (2-Chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -5, 6,7,8- tetrahydropyridino [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile trifluoroacetate (20 mg, 0.037 mmol) and benzaldehyde (7.5 μL, 0.074 mmol) were dissolved and stirred in methanol (ImL) for 30 min. NaCNBH3 (2.5 mg, 0.41 mmol) was added and continued to stir at RT for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated, redissolved in dichloromethane, washed with saturated NaHC03 solution and dried with Magnesium sulfate. Purified on a Flash 12M cartridge (15% EtOAc/ Hexanes) to give 6.5 mg (40%) of the free base of the title compound. The free base was treated with 0.5M ethanolic HCl (3 equivalents) , allowed to stand at RT for two hours and triturated with diethyl ether to produce the product as a solid which was filtered and dried in a 60°C vacuum oven. MS (ES+) : 404.
Example 136 Preparation of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -6- (cyclohexylmethyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4,3- d]pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000182_0001
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 135. MS (ES+) : 410.
Example 137 Preparation of 4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -6-methy1- 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4, 3-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000182_0002
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 135. MS (ES+) : 328.
Example 138 Preparation of 6-butyl-4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydropyridino [4 , 3-d] pyrimidine-2-carbonitrile hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000182_0003
The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the procedure described in example 135. MS (ES+) : 370 Example 139 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl) -2- (ethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000183_0001
2-amino-1- (2-chlorophenyl) ethanol and 4-chloro-5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydro-2-ethylthioquinazoline were dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) . Diisopropyl ethylamine (300 mg, 2.3 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N2 and heated at 50°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give a dark oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) . 0.5M ethanolic HCl (4 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 191-193°C.
Example 140 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-methoxyethyl) (ethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000183_0002
Prepared in a similar manner to the above example 139 from 4-chloro-5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydro-2-ethylthioquinazoline and 2-amino-l- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-methoxyethane, melting point 168-170 °C.
Example 141 Preparation of N- (1, 3-dihydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl) -2- (ethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahvdrocruinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000184_0001
Prepared in a similar manner to the above example 139 from 4-chloro-5, 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydro-2-ethylthioquinazoline and
2-aminoisoindoline, melting point 157-159 °C.
Example 142
Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl) -2- (2- hydroxyethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahvdrocruinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000184_0002
N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl) -2- (ethylthio) -
5, 6-dimethylpyrimidine-4-amine (0.5g, 1.37 mmol) was dissolved in acetone/water (19:1) (40 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature. Oxone (1.75g, 2.85 mmol) dissolved in water (10 mL) was added portionwise to the stirred reaction mixture. When addition was complete, the mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidinone (15 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- ert-butoxide (150 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added followed by mercaptoethanol (1 mL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate) to give a clear oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (1 mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (70 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 199-201°C.
Example 143 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-methoxyethyl) -2- (2- hydroxyethylthio) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydrocruinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000185_0001
Prepared in a similar manner to the above example 142 from N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-hydroxyethyl) -2- (ethylthio) - 5, 6-dimethylpyrimidine-4-amine and 2-methoxy ethanethiol . Melting point 179-181°C.
Example 144 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-Dihydro-lH-inden-2-ylamino) -2- [ (2- fluoroethyl) thiol -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydrocruinazoline hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000186_0001
2,3,5,6,7, 8-Hexahydro-2-thioxo-4 (IH) - uinazolinone (3.15g, 17.3 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylformamide . Potassium t-butoxide (1.9g, 17 mmol) was added followed by bromofluoroethane (2.2g, 17.3 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred and heated to 45°C under nitrogen for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent chloroform/methanol , 19:1) to give a white solid (3.25g) which was dissolved in dichloroethane (15 mL) . Phosphorous oxychloride (10 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux under nitrogen for 18 hours . The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, taken up in chloroform and washed with saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane 1:4) gave 1.9g of yellow oil. A portion of this oil (0.8g) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL) , 2-aminoindane (0.43g) and potassium carbonate (0.45g) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 85°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane) to give a dark oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) . 0.5M Ethanolic HCl (2 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 142-144°C.
Example 145 Preparation of { [4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-ylamino) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahvdro-2-quinazolinyl] thio} acetonitrile .
Figure imgf000187_0001
[ ( 1 , 4-dihydro-4-oxo-2-quinazolinyl) thio] acetonitrile
(0.575 g) was dissolved in dichloroethane (15 mL) . Phosphorus oxychloride (10 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux under nitrogen for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and washed with saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane 1:2) gave 0.39 g of dark oil. This oil was dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL) , 2-aminoindane (0.225 g) and potassium carbonate (0.25 g) was added and the reaction mixture was heated at 85°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane 1:3) to give a white solid, which was recrystallized from hot ethyl acetate/hexane to give the title compound, melting point 191-193°C.
Example 146 Preparation of 2- [ (6-Chloro-4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2- methoxyethyll amino}-2-quinazolinyl) thiol ethanol hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000188_0001
2 , 4, 6-Trichloroquinazoline (0.41 g) , 2-amino-l- (2- chlorophenyl) -2-methoxyethane (0.325 g) and diisopropylethylamme (0.25 g) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate /hexane, 1:5) to give 0.49g of a yellow solid. 0.36 g of this material was dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (165 mg, 2.36 mmol) was added followed by mercaptoethanol (0.5 mL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 85°C for 2 days. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (70 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give white solid. This was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M Ethanolic HCl (4 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (50 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 162- 164°C. Example 147 Preparation of 6-Chloro-N- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2- methoxyethyll -2- [ (2-methoxyethyl) thio] -4-quinazolineamine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000189_0001
Prepared in a similar manner to the above example 146 using 2-methoxy ethanethiol in the second part. Melting point 153-155°C.
Example 148
Preparation of 2- [ (6-Chloro-4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2- hydroxyethyll amino} -2-quinazolinyl) thiol ethanol hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000189_0002
2 , 4 , 6-Trichloroquinazoline (1.25 g) , 2-amino-l- (2- chlorophenyl ) ethanol (1.1 g) and diisopropylethylamme (0.95 g) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL) and stirred under nitrogen and heated to 85°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate /hexane, 1:3) to give 1.77 g of a yellow solid. 0.5 g of this material was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (0.24 g, 2.3 mmol) was added followed by mercaptoethanol (0.4 mL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 80°C for 3 days. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (70 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:1) to give yellow oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M Ethanolic
HCl (3 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (50 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 165- 166°C.
Example 149 Preparation of Methyl { [4- (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -6- chloro-2-quinazolinyll thiolacetate hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000190_0001
2, 6-Dichloro-4- (bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2- ylamino) quinazoline (0.72 g, 2.3 mmol) and potassium- ert- butoxide (280 mg, 2.5 mmol) were dissolved in N- methylpyrrolidinone (5 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Methyl mercaptoacetate (0.29 g, 2.7 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated at 85°C for
18 hours. The organic phase was washed with IM NaOH, dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:5) to give a yellow oil (280 mg) . This material was dissolved in methanol/water (9:1) (10 mL) , sodium carbonate (80 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture poured into 0. IM sodium dihydrogen phosphate and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a white solid, melting point 155-157°C.
Example 150 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-IH-inden-2-yl) -4- (ethylthio) - 3 , 5-diazotricvclo f 6.2.1.027] undeca-2 , 4 , 6-trien-6-amine .
Figure imgf000191_0001
S-Ethylisothiouronium bromide (3.7g, 20 mmol) and sodium carbonate (4.3 g, 40.5 mmol) was dissolved in water (70 mL) and stirred at room temperature. Methyl 3- oxobicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2-carboxylate (3 g, 17.85 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 days at room temperature. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under high vacuum. A portion of this material was dissolved in chloroform(5 mL) , phosphorus oxychloride (6 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux under nitrogen overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, taken up in chloroform and washed with saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to a dark oil.
Example 151 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-fluoroethyl) -2- (ethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydrocruinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000192_0001
2 - (2-chlorophenyl) -2-fluoroethylamine (165 mg, 0.95 mmol) (prepared from 2- (2-chlorophenylaziridine) ) and 4- chloro-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-2-ethylthioquinazoline (225 mg, 0.98 mmol) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) . Diisopropyl ethylamine (300 mg, 2.3 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N2 and heated at 75°C for 18 hours, The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:6) to give a clear oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (2 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 185-187°C.
Example 152 Preparation of 2- [( 6-Chloro-4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2- fluoroethyl] amino} -2-cruinazolinyl) thio] ethanol hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000192_0002
2 , 4, 6-Trichloroquinazoline (300 mg, 1.3 mmol), 2- (2- chlorophenyl) -2-fluoroethylamine (200 mg, 1.1 mmol) and diisopropylethylamme (0.25 g) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (8 mL) and stirred under nitrogen at 75°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate /hexane, 1:4) to give 375 mg of a yellow solid. 240 mg of this material was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (125 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added followed by mercaptoethanol (0.4 mL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 85°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution
(70 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:1) to give yellow oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (3 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (50 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 133.5-134.5°C .
Example 153 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2 , 2-difluoroethyl) -2- (ethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000193_0001
2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2 , 2-difluoroethylamine (1.6g, 10 mmol) (prepared from 1- (2-chlorophenyl) vinylazide) and 4- chloro-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-2-ethylthioquinazoline (1.93 g,
8.44 mmol) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (20 mL) . Diisopropylethylamme (1.3g, 10 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N2 and heated at 75°C for 3 days. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting yellow oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:6) to give a red oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) . 0.5M ethanolic HCl (2 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 138-140°C.
Example 154 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2 , 2-difluoroethyl) -2- ( 2-hydroxyethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000194_0001
N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2 , 2-difluoroethyl) -2- (ethylthio) -
5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (0.2 g, 0.52 mmol) was dissolved in acetone/water (19:1) (40 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature. Oxone (740 mg, 1.2 mmol) dissolved in water (10 mL) was added portionwise to the stirred reaction mixture. When addition was complete the mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (100 mg, 0.9 mmol) was added followed by mercaptoethanol (1 mL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 75°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane 4:1) to give a clear oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (1 mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (70 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 133-135°C.
Example 155 Preparation of N- (2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2 , 2-difluoroethyl) -2- (2-methyl-2-hydroxypropylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin- 4-amine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000195_0001
Prepared in a similar manner to the above example 154 using 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanethiol in the second part. Melting point 94-95°C.
Example 156
Preparation of 2- [( 6-Chloro-4- { [2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2 , 2- difluoroethyl] amino} -2-cruinazolinyl) thio] ethanol hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000195_0002
2 , 4 , 6-Trichloroquinazoline (300 mg, 1.3 mmol), 2- (2- chlorophenyl) -2-fluoroethylamine (210 mg, 1.1 mmol) and diisopropylethylamme (0.25 g) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and stirred under nitrogen at 75°C for 18 hours. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate /hexane, 1:4) to give 180 mg of a yellow solid. This material was dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- ert-butoxide (125 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added followed by mercaptoethanol (0.5 mL) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 85°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (70 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:1) to give yellow oil. This was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (3 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (50 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 202- 203°C.
Example 157 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (ethylthio) - 8 , 8-difluoro-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine.
Figure imgf000196_0001
(i) Added sodium metal (2.07 g) into ethanol (32 mL) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred under reflux until all the sodium had dissolved. This mixture was evaporated under vacuum. The pasty mass of sodium ethoxide was cooled and suspended in dry ether (60 mL) . Diethyl oxalate (13.15 g, 8.9 mmol) was then added slowly, the orange precipitate went clear then again to orange, this was followed by the addition of dimethyl adipate (15.7 g, 9.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 minutes until all the sodium ethoxide had dissolved. The mixture was then allowed to stand for 14 hours. This mixture was then extracted with water (80 mL) , and the organic phase was washed with water (40 mL x 2) . The combined aqueous phases were acidified to pH 1 with concentrated hydrochloride acid (10 mL) whereupon the product oiled out of solution. The oil was extracted out with diethyl ether. Dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered through a Celite" pad and evaporated under vacuum to produce a yellow oil. This crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent: 60% hexane, 40% ethyl acetate) to give trialkyl 2-oxayl adipate as a clear oil.
(ii) Trialkyl 2-oxayl adipate (13.88 g, 5.4 mmol), and 4N hydrochloric acid (65 mL) were heated to 65°C for 10 hours . The mixture was evaporated under vacuum to give a yellow oil. The oil was taken up in a minimum of acetone and diluted with chloroform (200 mL) . The solution was diluted with hexane resulting in the precipitation of 2-oxo- heptanedicarboxylic acid as a pale yellow solid which was filtered.
(iii) 2-oxo-heptanedicarboxylic acid (500 mg, 2.87 mmol) was added to a solution of 1, 5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene ( 392 mg, 3.15 mmol, 1. leq) in acetone (5 mL) . The solution was stirred at 0 °C and dimethyl sulfate (442 mg, 2.87 mmol,) was added dropwise over 5 minutes. The solution was stirred for 3 hours, during which time the solution was allowed to warm to room temperature. The solution was evaporated and washed with 2M hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 3 ) . The combined organic extracts were washed with water (40 mL) and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered through a Celite® pad and the filtrate was evaporated in -vacuo' to give 2-oxo-heptanedicarboxylic acid mono methyl ester as a pale yellow oil.
(iv) Added oxalyl chloride (0.371 mL, 0.742 mmol, 1.5 eq) to a stirred solution of 2-oxo-heptanedicarboxylic acid mono methyl ester (100 mg, 0.495 mmol) in chloroform (2 mL) at room temperature for 48 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuum. Added methanol (2 mL) with one drop of dimethylformamide and left to stir at room temperature for 5 minutes before the solution was evaporated under vacuum. A yellow oil was obtained of dimethyl 2-oxo- heptanedioate .
(v) To a stirred solution of diethylamino sulfur trifluoride (223 mg, 13.89 mmol, 3eq) in chloroform (3 mL) , dimethyl 2-oxo-heptanedioate (100 mg, 4.63 mmol) in chloroform (3 mL) was added dropwise and stirred for 48 hours at room temperature. Water was added (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2) . The organic layers were combined and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered via a Celite pad and the filtrate was evaporated under vacuum to produce a yellow oil of dimethyl 2 , 2-difluoro-heptanedioate .
(vi) To a heated mixture of potassium t-butoxide (23 mg, 0.21 mmol) in toluene (3 mL) , dimethyl 2 , 2-difluoro- heptanedioate (50 mg, 0.21 mmol) in toluene (9 mL) was added dropwise, refluxed overnight, then at room temperature for
48 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 2M hydrochloric acid (4 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (10 mL x 2) . The combined organic phases were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered via a Celite pad. The filtrate was evaporated under vacuum, to obtain a brown oil of methyl 3 , 3-difluoro-2-oxocyclohexanecarboxylate . (vii) Methyl 3 , 3-difluoro-2-oxocyclohexanecarboxylate (99 mg, 5.16 mmol) was added dropwise at room temperature to a stirred solution of aqueous sodium carbonate (1.09 g, 10.3 mmol, 2 eq) in water (35 mL) and S-ethylisothiouronium bromide (1.43 g, 7.73 mmol, 1.5 eq) . The mixture was stirred for 24 hours. Acidified with 2N hydrochloric acid from pH 8 to pH 2. Saturated with sodium chloride and extracted with diethyl ether (20 mL x 2) . The organic layer was washed with water (30 mL) and the organic layer was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered via a Celite" pad and evaporated under vacuum to obtain a yellow solid. The crude was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent, 80% ethyl acetate, 20% hexane) to give 2- (ethylthio) -8 , 8-difluoro-5 , 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4- (3H) - quinazolinone .
(viii) 2- (ethylthio) -8, 8-difluoro-5 , 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4- (3H) -quinazolinone (210 mg, 0.853 mmol), phosphorus oxychloride (20 mL) and 1 , 2-dichloroethane (10 mL) were heated to reflux under nitrogen overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2) . Washed the combined organic layers with brine (20 mL) , dried the organic phase with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, via a Celite pad and evaporated under vacuum to obtain an oil of 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -8 , 8-difluoro-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazoline .
(ix) A mixture of 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -8, 8-difluoro- 5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazoline (107 mg, 0.405 mmol), potassium carbonate (111 mg, 0.81 mmol,), 2-aminoindane (60 mg, 0.44 mmol,) and l-methyl-2-pyrrolindone (10 mL) were heated to 90°C under nitrogen for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2) . The organic phase was washed with water, then brine (20 mL x 2) . The organic phase dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated under vacuum to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent: 10% hexane, 90% ethyl acetate. Then the product was further purified by prep HPLC using KR100-5C18 column, (80% Acetonitrile/ 20% Water/0.2NH3) . A white solid was obtained of the title product (m.p.l98-200°C) .
Example 158 Preparation of 2- (ethylthio) -N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahvdro-4-cuinazolinamine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000200_0001
4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -3,4,5,6,7, 8-hexahydroquinazoline (400 mg, 1.75 mmol) as prepared in example 66 (ii) and p- anisidine (237 mg, 1.93 mmol, 1.1 eq) , potassium carbonate (241 mg, 1.75 mmol) and l-methyl-2-pyrrolindone (20 mL) were reacted as in example 66 (iii). To give the crude compound. This was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent: 40% hexane, 60% ethyl acetate) , a brown oil was obtained. The free base was dissolved in ethanol and added dropwise 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated under vacuum to give the title compound as a cream solid (m.p.212-213 °C)
Example 159 Preparation of 2- { [4- (4-methoxyanilino) -5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydro- 2-cruinazolinyl] thio} ethanol hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000200_0002
(i) A mixture of 2- (ethylthio) -N- (4-methoxyphenyl) - 5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine free base as prepared above (600 mg, 1.9 mmol) and Oxone® (2.92g, 4.75 mmol) in a mixture of acetone: water (19:1) was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for 24 hours at room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuum to the water residue. This residue was then extracted from ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2) . The combined organic phases were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered through a Celite® pad and the filtrate evaporated under vacuum to obtain a pale orange solid of 2- (ethylsulfonyl) -N- (4-methoxyphenyl) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine .
(ii) A mixture of 2- (ethylsulfonyl) -N- (4- methoxyphenyl) -5 , 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine (380 mg, 1.09 mmol) in l-methyl-2-pyrrolindone (20 mL) were added to a mixture of potassium butoxide (380 mg) in l-methyl-2- pyrrolindone (20 mL) and 2-mercaptoethanol (760 mg, ) and heated with stirring under nitrogen at 85°C for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature and diluted with aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) , and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL x 2 ) . The combined organic phases were dried with anhydrous magnesium chloride, filtered through a Celite pad and the filtrate evaporated under vacuum. The crude material was purified with flash chromatography on silica (eluent 10% hexane, 90% ethyl acetate). The hydrochloride salt was formed with 0.5 M ethanolic hydrogen chloride to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p.211-213 °C) .
Example 160 Preparation of 4- (4-methoxyanilino) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydro-2- uinazolinecarbonitrile .
Figure imgf000202_0001
(i) This compound was prepared similarly to 158, but using 2- (methylthio) -N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro- 4-quinazolinamine; the sulfonyl derivative was prepared as in example 159 (i), to obtain N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2-
(methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine .
(ii) N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine (600 mg, 1.8 mmol), potassium cyanide (600 mg) in dry dimethylformamide (9 mL) were prepared as in example 70, a cream solid was obtained as the title compound as a free base (m.p.178-180 °C) .
Example 161 Preparation of 2- [ (4- { [2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] amino} -5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydro-2-quinazolinyl) thiol ethanol hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000202_0002
(i) N- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] -2- (ethylthio) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine was prepared as in example 68(i)
(ii) (N- [2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] -2- (ethylsulfonyl) - 5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine was prepared as in example 159 (i) .
(iii) (N-[2- (2-chlorophenyl) ethyl] -2- (ethylsulfonyl) - 5, 6, 7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine, (310 mg, 0.89 mmol), potassium butoxide, 2-mercaptoethanol (0.62 mL) in 1-methyl- 2-pyrrolidone (20 mL) was reacted as in example 159 (ii), the hydrochloric salt was made to produce the title compound as a white solid (m.p.198-200°C)
Example 162 Preparation of N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2-methyl-5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydro-4-cruinazolinamine hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000203_0001
4-chloro-2-methyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazoline (300 mg, 1.64 mmol) as prepared in example 67 (ii) was added to p- anisidine (223 mg, 1.81 mmol) , potassium carbonate (226 mg,1.64 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolindone (20 mL) and prepared as in example 158, the hydrochloride salt was made to obtain the title compound as a white solid (m.p.254-255 °C) .
Example 163 Preparation of 2- [ (2-methoxyethyl) thio] -N- (4-methoxyphenyl) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-cruinazolinamine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000203_0002
N- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7,8- tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine (500 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added to potassium butoxide (500 mg) in l-methyl-2-pyrrolindone (20 mL) and 2-methoxyethanethiol (1.07 g, 11.7 mmol). The procedure was following example 159 (ii), to give the title compound (m.p.172-174°C) .
Example 164 Preparation of 4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-ylamino) -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydro-2-quinazolinecarboxylic acid.
Figure imgf000204_0001
4- (2, 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-ylmethyl) -5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazoline-2-carbonitrile (160 mg, 0.55 mmol) as prepared in example 70 as the free base was heated with 2M sodium hydroxide (14 mL) and ethanol (1 mL) at 70 °C for 48 hours . The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 mL) was added slowly. A cream precipitate was observed, this filtered and washed with water (10 mL) , collected and dried in the vacuum oven at 40 °C for 6 hours. The title compound was obtained as a cream solid (m.p.168-172 °C) .
Example 165 Preparation of N-bicyclo [2.2.1.1 hept-2-yl] -2- (ethylthio) 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000204_0002
4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinzoline (400 mg, 1.75 mmol) as prepared in example 66(ii), 2- aminonorbornane (284 mg, 1.92 mmol) and potassium carbonate (483 mg, 3.5 mmol) in l-methyl-2-pyrrolindone were heated to 85 °C under nitrogen for 48hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water (20 mL x 4) . The organic phase was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulphate, filtered through a Celite O) pad; the filtrate was evaporated under vacuum. The crude material was purified with flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 80%hexane, 20% ethyl acetate), the hydrochloride salt was formed to obtain the title compound (m.p.ll9-122°C) .
Example 166 Preparation of 2- ( {4-bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino] -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydro-2-cruinazolinyl} thio) ethanol .
Figure imgf000205_0001
(i) 4-chloro-2- (ethylthio) -5, 6,7,8- tetrahydroquinazoline (1.85 g, 8.64 mmol) as prepared in example 66 (ii), was reacted with aminonorbornane hydrochloride (1.4 g, 9.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2.38g, 17.2 mmol) in l-methyl-2-pyrrolindinone (100 mL) as in example 9 (i), to obtain N-bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-yl-2- (methylthio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine .
(ii) N-bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl-2- (methylthio) -5 , 6, 7 , 8- tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine (1.54 g, 5.3 mmol) was reacted as in example 159 (i), to give N-bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl-2- (methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine .
(iii) The title compound was prepared as in example 159(ii) with N-bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl-2- (methylsulfonyl) 5, 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydro-4-quinazolinamine (300 mg, 0.93 mmol), potassium butoxide(300 mg) , 2-mercaptoethanol (566 mg, 7.2 mmol) in l-methyl-2-pyrrolindone . A white solid was obtained (m.p.199-200°C) .
Example 167 Preparation of 4-bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-ylamino] -5 , 6 , 7 , 8- tetrahydro-2-cruinazolinecarbonitrile.
Figure imgf000205_0002
N-bicyclo [2.2.1] -hept-2-yl-2- (methylsulfonyl) tetrahydro-4-quinazolineamine was prepared as in example 159 (i) and the title compound was prepared as example 70, as a free base, (m.p. 245-246°C)
Example 168 Preparation of 2- { [4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-ylamino) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-2-quinazolinyl 1 thio}propanol hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000206_0001
A mixture of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- methylsulfonyl) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (220 mg, 0.641 mmol), and 3-mercapto-l-propanol (460 mg, 0.499 mmol) were treated as in example 159 (ii). After purification by flash chromatography on silica, (eluent: 10%hexane, 90% ethyl acetate) the hydrochloride salt was prepared to give the title compound (m.p. 197-199°C) .
Example 169 Preparation of N- [ (bicyclo \ 2 . 2 .11 hept-2-yl] -2 - [ (2- methoxyethyl) thiol -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-4-cruinazolinamine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000206_0002
N-bicyclo [2, 2, 1] hept-2-yl-2- (ethylsulfonyl) -tetrahydro- 4-quinazolinamine (300 mg, 0.934 mmol) was prepared in the similar manner as 159 (i) from the corresponding ethylthio, and then reacted using 2-methoxyethanethiol (670 mg,7.29 mmol), by the method in example 159 (ii), the crude compound was purified by prep HPLC (KR100-5C18) , (80% Acetonitrile /20% Water/0.2% NH3) , the hydrochloride salt was prepared to obtain the title compound (m.p.133-135 °C) . Examples 170 to 172 These were prepared by the method described in example 12
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000207_0003
Example 173 Preparation of 2-Chloro-4- (2 , 3-dihydro-IH-inden-2-ylamino)— 6-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000207_0002
A mixture of 2 , 4-dichloro-6-methoxyquinazoline (170 mg, 0.8 mmol), 2-aminoindane (107 mg, 0.8 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.695 mL, 4 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (10 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 24 hours. Additional 2-aminoindane (15 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added and stirring continued for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a pink oily solid. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid. The free base was dissolved in 0.5 molar ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 240-2°C) .
Examples 174 to 177
The compounds of examples 174 to 177 were prepared following the method of example 173.
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000208_0002
Example 178
Preparation of 2- (2-Hydroxyethylthio) -4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH- inden-2-ylamino) -6-methoxycruinazoline hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000209_0001
A mixture of 2-mercaptoethanol (0.082 mL, 1.17 mmol) and potassium-tertiary butoxide (131 mg, 1.17 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (2 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 minutes, then a solution of 2-chloro-4- (2- indanylamino) -6-methoxyquinazoline (120 mg, 0.39 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred, under nitrogen, at 90°, for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, poured into water (100 mL) , and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a white oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether) to give the free base of the title compound as a white solid. The free base was dissolved in 0.5 molar ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (m.p. 148°C dec.) .
Examples 179 to 188 The compound of examples 179 to 188 were prepared following the method of examples 173 and 178. Thiol side chains used in the preparation of some of the examples were prepared as follows:
2-Methoxyethanethiol
A mixture of 2-chloroethyl methyl ether (50 g, 530 mmol) and thiourea (40.26 g, 530 mmol) in 95% ethanol (250 mL) was heated at reflux under nitrogen for 24 hours. The cooled ethanol solution was evaporated in vacuo to low volume at 45°C, the residue dissolved in a solution of sodium hydroxide (30.6 g) in water (300 mL) and the solution heated at reflux under nitrogen for 2 hours. The cooled solution was then acidified with dilute sulfuric acid' (7 mL of concentrated sulfuric acid in 50 mL of water) and extracted with diethyl ether (2x) , under a nitrogen atmosphere. The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo at 35°C, to give the product as a yellow oil. (Stored under a nitrogen atmosphere) .
The amine starting material used in the preparation of the compound of example 185 was prepared as follows: (i) 2- (2-Chlorophenyl) -2-methylpropanenitrile To a stirred suspension of 60% sodium hydride (pre-washed with petroleum spirit b.p.40-60°C) (6.1 g, 198 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (100 mL) under nitrogen and cooled to 5°C was added, dropwise, a solution of (2-chlorophenyl) acetonitrile (10 g, 66 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (20 mL) . The reaction mixture allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was then re-cooled to 5°C and a solution of iodomethane (12.3 mL, 198 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for a further 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water (2x) and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the product as a yellow oil.
(ii) 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2-methylpropylamine To zirconium tetrachloride (18.82 g, 80.7 mmol) in a flame- dried flask was cautiously added dry tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) . To the pink suspension was added, portionwise, sodium borohydride (3.07 g, 80.7 mmol), followed by dropwise addition of a solution of 2- (2-chlorophenyl) -2- methylpropanenitrile (11.6 g, 64.6 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) . The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours . The reaction mixture was cooled to 5°C, cautiously quenched with water (250 mL) , basified with 2 molar sodium hydroxide and extracted with diethyl ether (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by fractional distillation to give the product as a clear oil (b.p. 240°C /2.8mbar) .
The amine starting material used in the preparation of the compound of example 186 was prepared as follows: (i) 2- (2-chlorophenyl) propanenitrile A mixture of (2-chlorophenyl) acetonitrile (5.0 g, 33 mmol), potassium carbonate (5.0 g, 36.2 mmol) and dimethyl carbonate (53.43 g, 594 mmol) was stirred in a sealed vessel at 180°C for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, filtered, the filter cake washed with methanol and the combined filtrates and washings evaporated in vacuo to give an oil. The oil was partially dissolved in dichloromethane, the insoluble portion filtered and the filtrates evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as an amber oil. The crude product was purified by fractional distillation to give the product as a clear oil.
(ii) 2- (2-Chlorophenyl) -1-propanamine To zirconium tetrachloride (5.28 g, 22.6 mmol) in a flame- dried flask was cautiously added dry tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) . To the pink suspension was added, portion wise, sodium borohydride (0.86 g, 22.6 mmol), followed by dropwise addition of a solution of 2- (2-chlorophenyl)propanenitrile (3.0 g, 18.12 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) . The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5°C, cautiously quenched with water (250 mL) , basified with 2 molar sodium hydroxide and extracted with diethyl ether (3x) . The combined organic extracts were washed sequentially with water and saturated sodium chloride solution, then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by distillation in a bulb to bulb apparatus to give the product as a clear oil (b.p. 110°C / 2.0mbar) .
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000212_0002
Figure imgf000213_0002
Example 189 Preparation of 4-{2-r(2,6-
Dichlorobenzyl) thio] ethylamino}pyrido f3 , 4-d] pyrimidine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000213_0001
(i) A mixture of 3-aminopyridine-4-carboxylic acid (4.03 g, 29.2 mmol) and formamide (50 mL) was stirred at 140°C for 2 hours, and then at 150CC for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool and the resultant precipitate collected by filtration, washed with water on the sinter and dried in vacuo to give pyrido [3, 4- d]pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one as a brown crystalline solid.
(ii) A mixture of pyrido [3 , 4-d] pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one (1.49 g, 10.1 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (40 mL) was stirred at reflux for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool, evaporated in vacuo and dissolved in ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate was evaporated in vacuo and the residue suspended in ethyl acetate. The suspension was filtered, the filtrate dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 4-chloro- pyrido [3, 4-d] pyrimidine as a yellow solid.
(iii) A solution of 4-chloro-pyrido [3 , 4-d] pyrimidine (340 mg, 1.7 mmol), 2- (2 , 6-dichlorobenzylthio) ethylamine (477 mg, 2.02 mmol) and diisopropylethylamme (2.17 g, 17 mmol) in ethanol (20 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow oil. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica (eluent diethyl ether then diethyl ether 50% ethyl acetate 50%) to give the free base of the title compound as a yellow gum. The free base was dissolved in 0.5M ethanolic hydrogen chloride and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid, (m.p. 145-150CC) .
Example 190 The compound of example 190 was prepared by the method of example 189.
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000214_0002
Example 191 Preparation of 4- (Bicyclo [2.2.11 hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloro-2- cyanocruinazoline hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000215_0001
(i) A stirred mixture of 4- (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2- ylamino) -6-chloro-2-ethylthioquinazoline hydrochloride salt
(0.20g, 0.53 mmol) and Oxone" (1.6 g, 2.60 mmol) in acetone
(27 mL) and water (3 mL) at room temperature for 3 days. The acetone was removed in vacuo and the concentrate diluted with water and made basic with 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide.
Extracted with dichloromethane, dried extract over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to give 4-
(bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloro-2- ethylsulphonylquinazoline contaminated with the 2-hydroxy derivative as a colorless solid.
(ii) A suspension of 4- (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2 -ylamino.) - 6-chloro-2-ethylsulphonylquinazoline and its contaminant (0.10 g, 0.27 mmol) and potassium cyanide (0.10g, 1.53 mmol) in dried dimethylformamide (1.5 mL) was heated with stirring under an atmosphere of nitrogen at 100°C for 17h. The resulting red solution was cooled, diluted with water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The extracts were washed with water (5X) and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to a solid. Purified solid on flash silica eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate (7:1) to give 4- (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -6-chloro-2- cyanoquinazoline as a colorless solid. The solid was dissolved in warm dioxan, treated with hydrogen chloride in dioxan and precipitated by addition of diethyl ether to give the title compound. Mp 229-236°C, m.s. m/e 297/299 Example 192 Preparation of 4- { [2-hydroxy (2-phenyl) ethyl 1 amino} -6- methoxy-2- (ethylthio) quinazoline hydrochloride.
Figure imgf000216_0001
(i) 2-amino-l-phenylethanol (0.73 g, 5.3 mmol) was added to a stirred suspension of 2 , 4-dichloro-6-methoxy- quinazoline (1.2 g, 5.3 mmol) and diisopropylethylamme (3.4 mL, 20 mmol) in dried dimethylformamide (10 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen. After lh, iced water (30 mL) was added and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) . The extract were washed with water (30 mL) , brine (2 x 30 mL) , dried, filtered and evaporated to a yellow viscous oil (1.90 g) . Trituration with diethyl ether (20 mL) gave a pale yellow solid of 2-chloro-4- { [2-hydroxy (2- phenyl) ethyl] amino} -6-methoxy-quinazoline .
(ii) A mixture of 2-chloro-4-{ [2-hydroxy (2- phenyl) ethyl] amino} -6-methoxy-quinazoline (0.33g 1 mmol) and sodium ethylthiolate (0.68 g, 8 mmol) in dried dimethylformamide (3 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 48h. After diluting with water (15 mL) , the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (15 mL) . The extracts were washed with water (10 mL) , brine (2x 10 mL) , dried, filtered and evaporated to a yellow oil. Triturated with diethyl ether (5 mL) gave a yellow solid (0.29 g) . Converted to the hydrochloride salt by dissolving in ethanol (4 mL) and adding hydrogen chloride (0.5 M solution in ethanol 1.6 mL) to crystallize the title compound as a pale yellow solid mp 212-213°C. Example 193 Preparation of 4- (Bicyclo [2.2.11 hept-2-ylamino) -2- (2- hydroxyethylthio) -6-methyl-thieno [2 , 3-dl yrimidine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000217_0001
(i) A stirred suspension of 2 , 4-hydroxy-6-methyl- thieno [2 , 3-d] pyrimidine (11.3 g, 62 mmol and phosphorus oxychloride (100 mL) was heated under reflux for 2Oh. The mixture was evaporated, the black residue suspended in ethyl acetate (300 mL) and washed with 2M aqueous sodium carbonate (2x 300 mL) , then brine (300 mL) . The ethyl acetate solution was dried, filtered and evaporated to a brown solid of 2 , 4-dichloro-6-methyl-thieno [2 , 3-d] pyrimidine .
(ii) A mixture of 2 , 4-dichloro-6-methyl-thieno [2 , 3- d]pyrimidine (0.47 g, 2.1 mmol), exo-2-aminonorbornane (0'.24 g, 2.1 mmol) and ethyl diisopropylethylamme (1.5 mL, 8.4 mmol) in dried dimethylformamide (5 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 24h. The mixture was evaporated to a small volume, diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) . The extracts were washed with brine (2 x 30 mL) , dried, filtered and evaporated to a yellow glass. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with 2:1 diethyl ether: n-hexane to give a yellow foam of 4- (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) -2-chloro-6- methyl-thieno [2 , 3-d] pyrimidine .
(iii) A solution of 4- (bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ylamino) - 2-chloro-6-methyl-thieno [2, 3-d] pyrimidine (0.24 g, 0.82 mmol) in dried dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added to a stirred mixture of 2-mercaptoethanol (0.19 g, 2.45 mmol) and potassium t-butoxide (0.27 g, 2.45 mmol) in dried dimethylformamide (3 mL) . After heating to 90°C for 3h, the mixture was cooled, diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) . The extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (15 mL) , brine (15 mL) , dried, filtered and evaporated to a white solid (0.27 g) . The crude product was purified by flash chromatography on silica eluting with ethyl acetate to give a white solid. This was dissolved in ethanol (2 mL) and acidified with ethanolic hydrogen chloride (0.5 M, 2 mL) to crystallize the title product mp 235-237°C.
Example 194 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- trifluoromethyl-5 ,6,7, 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000218_0001
4-Chloro-5, 6,7, 8-tetrahydro-2- trifluoromethylquinazoline (400 mg, 1.7 mmol) and 2- aminoindane (250 mg, 1.8 mmol) were dissolved in dimethylformamide (10 mL) . Diisopropylethylamme (300 mg, 2.3 mmol) was added, the mixture was stirred under N2 and heated at 80°C for 1 hour. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting dark oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:3) to give a dark oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) . 0.5M ethanolic HCl (4 mL) was then added followed by diethyl ether (30 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 137-138 °C.
Example 195 Preparation of N- (2- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-ylamino) - 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydrocruinazolin-2-yl ) thio) acetamide maleate .
Figure imgf000219_0001
N- (2, 3-dihydro-lff-inden-2-yl)-2- (methylsulfonyl) - 5 , 6 , 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (660 mg, 1.85 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- tert-butoxide (265 mg, 2.36 mmol) was added followed by methylthioglycolate (200 mg, 1.88 mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was taken up in methanol/water (9:1) (20 mL) , sodium hydrogen carbonate (400 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for four days at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was acidified to pH4 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 530 mg of dark oil. The resulting oil was taken up in THF and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Carbonyl diimidazole (250 mg, 1.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for three hours then ammonia (0.5M in dioxan) (10 mL) was added. Stirring was continued overnight then the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate) to give N- (2- ( (4- (2 , 3-dihydro-lff- inden-2-ylamino) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro quinazolin-2- yl) thio) acetamide as a yellow oil (60 mg) . This was taken up in ethyl acetate, maleic acid (20 mg) was added, the mixture was heated briefly and then allowed to cool. A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 152.5- 153.5°C.
Example 196 Preparation of N- (2 , 3-dihvdro-lH-inden-2-yl) -2- (2-methyl-2- hydroxypropy1thio) -5,6,7, 8-tetrahydrocruinazolin-4-amine hydrochloride .
Figure imgf000220_0001
N-(2, 3-dihydro-Iff-inden-2-yl) -2- (methylsulfonyl) - 5, 6, 7 , 8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine (575 mg, 1.67 mmol) was dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidinone (15 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Potassium- ert-butoxide (500 mg, 4.4 mmol) was added followed by 2-methyl-2- hydroxypropanethiol (500 mg, 4.7 mmol) . The mixture was stirred and heated under nitrogen at 90°C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into aqueous ammonium chloride solution (150 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (magnesium sulfate) , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting oil was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent ethyl acetate/hexane, 1:4) to give a yellow oil which was taken up in ethanol (5 mL) , 0.5M ethanolic HCl (4 mL) was added followed by diethyl ether (70 mL) . A white solid crystallized on standing and was collected by filtration to give the title compound, melting point 111.5-112.5°C .

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS
The use of a compound of general formula
Figure imgf000221_0001
in which:
X1 represents 0 or NH;
L represents a bond or a (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy, (1-4C) alkoxy or oxo;
R1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group; R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a SCH2CN, or a group of formula X2-R5 in which X2 represents a bond, 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and R5 represents (1-8C) alkyl, (3-10C) cycloalkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl, hydroxy (1-6C) alkyl, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkoxy (1- 4C)alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoyloxy (1- 4C)alkyl, carboxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylaminocarbonyl (1- 4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoylamino, ( 1-4C) alkanoylamino ( 1- 4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoylamino [ (1-4C) alkyl] 2, (1- 4C)alkylthio(l-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfinyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1- 4C) alkylsulfonyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfonylamino) (1- 4C)alkyl, (1-4C) alkylamino-sulfonyl) (1-4C) alkyl, di(l- 4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (1-4C) alkyl, phenyl or phenyl (1- 4C) alkyl in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1-4C) alkyl and (1-
4C) alkoxy; and
R3 and R4 each independently represents (1-4C) alkyl or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition indicating administration of an mGluRl antagonist,
2. Use as claimed in Claim 1, in which X1 represents NH.
3. Use as claimed in Claim 1 or Claim 2, in which L represents a bond or a group of formula CmH2m- (X3) q-CnH2n in which X3 is 0, S, SO, S02, NH, CHF, CF2, CHOH, CH(0(1-
4C) alkyl) or CO, q is 0 or 1, and each of m and n is 0 or an integer of from 1 to 4 , provided that when q is 1 and X3 is 0, S, SO, S02 or NH, is at least 2.
4. Use as claimed in Claim 3, in which L represents a bond, -(CH2)2-, -(CH2)3-, -(CH2)4-, -CH (CH3) CH2- , - (CH2) 2SCH2- , -(CH2)2)S02CH2-, -CH(CH2CH3)CH2OCH2-, -CH2CHF- , -CH2CF2-, -CH2CH(0H)- and -CH2C0- .
5. Use as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 4, in which R1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic group in which the carbocyclic group is selected from an aromatic group, a non-aromatic group and a non-aromatic group fused with an aromatic group.
6. Use as claimed in Claim 5, in which the carbocyclic group is selected from phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group; (3-10C) cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by from one to three methyl groups; 2,3- dihydro-lH-indenyl; and 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphthyl .
7. Use as claimed in Claim 6, in which R1 represents phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-bromopheny1 , 2 , 6-dichlorophenyl , 2-methylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- phenylphenyl , cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-yl, (1R,2R,3R, 5S) -2, 6, 6-trimethylbicyclo [3.1.1] hept-2-yl, adamantyl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-l-yl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden- 2-yl and 1, 2 , 3 , 4-tetrahydronaphth-l-yl .
8. Use as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 7 , in which R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a cyano group, or a (l-8C)alkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl , (1- 6C)alkoxy, hydroxy (1-6C) alkoxy, (1-6C) alkylthio, (1- 4C) alkylsulfonyl, (1-4C) alkylamino, halo (1-4C) alkylthio, hydroxy (1-4C) alkylthio, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1- 4C) alkoxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkanoyl (1-4C) alkylthio, (1- 4C)alkoxycarbonyl(l-4C) alkylthio, carboxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (l-4C)alkylaminocarbonyl(l-4C) alkylthio, (1- 4C) alkanoylamino (1-4C) alkylthio, (1- 4C)alkylaminosulfonyl) (1-4C) alkylthio, di(l- 4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (1-4C) alkylthio, or phenyl (1- 4C) alkylthio in which the phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1-4C) alkyl and (1- 4C) alkoxy.
9. Use as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 8 in which R3 and R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000224_0002
e
Figure imgf000224_0003
Figure imgf000224_0004
Figure imgf000225_0001
m n
Figure imgf000225_0002
in which:
Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z5, Z6, Z7, Z8, Z9 and Z10 are each selected independently from 0, NR 41 , S, SO and S02;
,11 represents 0, S, CH2 or CH2CH2;
R21 and R22 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, or a group of formula -X4-R51 in which X4 represents 0, S, SO, S02, NR52, CO, C00, 0C0, CONH, NHCO, S02NH, or NHS02 and R51 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a phenyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
R23, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, R32, R35, R37 and R38 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an oxo group, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, an aryl (1-4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkylthio group, a (1-4C) alkylsulfinyl group, a (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl group or a (1-4C) alkanoyl group; R33, R34 and R35 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
R41 represents a (1-6C) alkyl group or a group of formula Y-Ra in which Y represents CO, COO or CONH and Ra represents (1-
4C) alkyl, phenyl (1-4C) alkyl , phenyl (2-4C) alkenyl, (3-
10C) cycloalkyl, or, when Y is CO, morpholino; and
R52 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group.
10. A method of antagonizing the action of glutamate at mGluRl receptors in a patient requiring such treatment, which comprises administering an effective amount of a compound of general formula
Figure imgf000226_0001
in which:
X1 represents O or NH;
L represents a bond or a (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy,
(1-4C) alkoxy or oxo;
R1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group;
R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group or a group of formula X2-R5 in which X2 represents a bond, 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and R5 represents (1-
8C)alkyl, (3-10C) cycloalkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl , hydroxyd- 6C) alkyl, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-
4C)alkanoyl(l-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoyloxy (1-4C) alkyl, carboxy (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylammocarbonyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1-
4C) alkanoylamino (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoylamino [ (1-
4C)alkyl]2, (1-4C) alkylthio (1-4C) alkyl, (1-
4C) alkylsulfinyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl (1-4C) alkyl,
(1-4C) alkylsulfonylamino) (l-4C)alkyl, (1-4C) alkylamino- sulfonyl) (l-4C)alkyl, di (1-4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (1-
4C) alkyl, phenyl or phenyl (1-4C) alkyl in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1-
4C) alkyl and (1-4C) alkoxy; and
R3 and R4 each independently represents (1-4C) alkyl or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
11. A compound of general formula
Figure imgf000227_0001
in which:
X1 represents 0 or NH;
L represents a bond or a (1-6C) alkylene chain optionally interrupted by 0, S, SO, S02 or NH and optionally substituted on an alkylene carbon atom by fluoro, hydroxy,
(1-4C) alkoxy or oxo; R1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic group;
R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a SCH2CN, or a group of formula X2-R5 in which X2 represents a bond, O, S, SO, S02 or NH and R5 represents (l-δC)alkyl, (3-10C) cycloalkyl, halo (1-6C) alkyl , hydroxy (1-6C) alkyl, dihydroxy (1-4C) alkyl , (1-4C) alkoxy (1- 4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoyloxy (1- 4C) alkyl, carboxy (1-4C) alkyl, ( 1-4C) alkylammocarbonyl (1- 4C) lkyl, (1-4C) alkanoylamino, (1-4C) alkanoylamino ( 1- 4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkanoylamino [( 1-4C) alkyl] 2, (1- 4C) alkylthio (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfinyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1- 4C) alkylsulfonyl (1-4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylsulfonylamino) (1- 4C) alkyl, (1-4C) alkylamino-sulfonyl) (1-4C) alkyl, di(l- 4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (l-4C)alkyl, phenyl or phenyl (1- 4C) alkyl in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1-4C) alkyl and (1- 4C) alkoxy; and R3 and R4 each independently represents (1-4C) lkyl or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. A compound as claimed in Claim 11, in which X1 represents NH.
13. A compound as claimed in Claim 11 or Claim 12, in which L represents a bond or a group of formula CmHm- (X3) q-CnH2n in which X3 is 0, S, SO, S02, NH, CHF, CF2, CHOH, CH(0(1- 4C) alkyl) or CO, q is 0 or 1, and each of m and n is 0 or an integer of from 1 to 4, provided that when q is 1 and X3 is 0, S, SO, S02 or NH, m is at least 2.
14. A compound as claimed in Claim 13, in which L represents a bond, -(CH2)2-, -(CH2)3-, -(CH2)4-, -CH (CH3) CH2- , or -(CH2)2SCH2-.
15. A compound as claimed in Claim 13, in which L represents a bond or -(CH2)2-.
16. A compound as claimed in any one of Claims 11 to 15, in which R1 represents an unsubstituted or substituted carbocyclic group in which the carbocyclic group is selected from an aromatic group, a non-aromatic group and a non- aromatic group fused with an aromatic group.
17. A compound as claimed in Claim 16, in which the carbocyclic group is selected from phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen group, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group; (3-IOC) cycloalkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by from one to three methyl groups; 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-indenyl; and 1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthyl .
18. A compound as claimed in Claim 16, in which the carbocyclic group is selected from phenyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen group, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group.
19. A compound as claimed in Claim 18 wherein the halogen group consists of F, Cl, and Br.
20. A compound as claimed in Claim 16, in which R1 represents phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-bromophenyl , 2,6- dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2- methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-phenylphenyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclo [2.2. l]hept-2-yl, (1R, 2R, 3R, 5S) -2, 6, 6- trimethylbicyclo [3.1. l]hept-2-yl, adamantyl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH- inden-1-yl, 2 , 3-dihydro-lH-inden-2-yl and 1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphth-1-yl .
21. A compound as claimed in any one of Claims 11 to 20, in which R2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a cyano group, or a (1-8C) alkyl, halo(l- 6C)alkyl, (1-6C) alkoxy, hydroxy (1-6C) alkoxy, (1- 6C)alkylthio, (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl , (1-4C) alkylamino, halo(l- 4C)alkylthio, hydroxy (1-4C) alkylthio, dihydroxy(l- 4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkanoyl (1- 4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkoxycarbonyl (1-4C) alkylthio, carboxy (1-4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkylammocarbonyl (1- 4C) alkylthio, (1-4C) alkanoylamino (1-4C) alkylthio, (1- 4C)alkylaminosulfonyl) (1-4C) alkylthio, di(l- 4C) alkylaminophosphonyl) (1-4C) alkylthio, or phenyl(l- 4C) alkylthio in which the phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, (1-4C) alkyl and (1- 4C) alkoxy.
22 A compound as claimed in any one of Claims 11 to 21 in which R3 and R4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a ring of formula:
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000231_0002
Figure imgf000231_0003
Figure imgf000231_0004
Figure imgf000232_0001
m
Figure imgf000232_0002
in which :
Z1 , Z2 , Z3 , Z4 , Z5 , Z6 , Z7 , Z8 , Z9 and Z10 are each selected independently from O, NR 41 , S , SO and S02 ; I1 represents O, S, CH2 or CH2CH2;
R21 and R22 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, or a group of formula -X4-R51 in which X4 represents 0, S, SO, S02, NR52, CO, COO, OCO, CONH, NHCO, S02NH, or NHS02 and R51 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a phenyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group in which any phenyl group is unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently from a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group and a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
R23, R24, R25, R26, R27, R28, R29, R30, R31, R32, R36, R37 and R38 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an oxo group, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group, a halo (1-4C) alkyl group, an aryl (1-4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkoxy (1-4C) alkyl group, a (1-4C) alkylthio group, a (1-4C) alkylsulfinyl group, a (1-4C) alkylsulfonyl group or a (1-4C) alkanoyl group; R33, R34 and R35 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a (1-4C) alkoxy group;
R41 represents a (1-6C) alkyl group or a group of formula Y-Ra in which Y represents CO, COO or CONH and Ra represents (1-
4C) alkyl, phenyl (1-4C) alkyl, phenyl (2-4C) alkenyl, (3-
10C) cycloalkyl, or, when Y is CO, morpholino; and
R52 represents a hydrogen atom, a (1-4C) alkyl group or a phenyl (1-4C) alkyl group.
23. A compound as claimed in Claim 22, which is selected from compounds of formulae
Figure imgf000233_0001
la lb
Figure imgf000233_0002
Idl Id2
Figure imgf000233_0003
Figure imgf000234_0001
mi
Figure imgf000234_0002
Figure imgf000234_0003
Figure imgf000234_0004
Id3 Ic2
24. A pharmaceutical formulation comprising a compound as claimed in any one of Claims 11 to 23, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
25. A process for the preparation of a compound as claimed in any one of Claims 11 to 23, which comprises (a) reacting a compound of formula
Figure imgf000235_0001
II in which Z1 represents a leaving atom or group, with a compound of formula
R1-L-X1H
III
(b) for a compound of formula I in which R2 represents
X2-R5, reacting a compound of ffoorrmmuullia
Figure imgf000235_0002
in which Z represents a leaving atom or group with a compound of formula
HX2-R5
V or a base salt thereof;
(c) for a compound of formula I in which X1 represents NH, rearranging a compound of formula
Figure imgf000236_0001
followed where desired by forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
26. A compound of formula
Figure imgf000236_0002
in which Z1 represents a leaving atom or group and R2, R3 and R4 are as defined in Claim 11.
27. A compound of formula
Figure imgf000236_0003
IV in which Z2 represents a leaving atom or group and R1, X1, L, R3 and R4 are as defined in Claim 11.
28 . A compound of formula
Figure imgf000237_0001
in which R1, R2, L, R and R are as defined in Claim 11.
29. A method of treating pain, which comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound as claimed in Claim 11.
30. A method of treating migraine, which comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a compound as claimed in Claim 11.
31. A method of treating migraine, which comprises administering to a patient in need of treatment an effective amount of a selective mGluRl antagonist.
32. The use of a selective mGluRl antagonist for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of migraine.
PCT/US2000/026261 1999-11-01 2000-10-19 Pharmaceutically active 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives WO2001032632A2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU10713/01A AU1071301A (en) 1999-11-01 2000-10-19 Pharmaceutical compounds
EP00971987A EP1230225A2 (en) 1999-11-01 2000-10-19 Pharmaceutically active 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16290099P 1999-11-01 1999-11-01
US60/162,900 1999-11-01

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001032632A2 true WO2001032632A2 (en) 2001-05-10
WO2001032632A3 WO2001032632A3 (en) 2001-11-08

Family

ID=22587589

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2000/026261 WO2001032632A2 (en) 1999-11-01 2000-10-19 Pharmaceutically active 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives

Country Status (7)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1230225A2 (en)
AR (1) AR026275A1 (en)
AU (1) AU1071301A (en)
CO (1) CO5261605A1 (en)
PE (1) PE20010854A1 (en)
SV (1) SV2002000205A (en)
WO (1) WO2001032632A2 (en)

Cited By (84)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6429207B1 (en) 1997-11-21 2002-08-06 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists and their use for treating central nervous system diseases
WO2004029060A1 (en) * 2002-09-26 2004-04-08 Nihon Nohyaku Co., Ltd. Novel herbicides, usage thereof, novel thienopyrimidine derivatives, intermediates of the same, and process for production thereof
WO2004047755A2 (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-10 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused bicyclic nitrogen-containing heterocycles
WO2005016925A1 (en) * 2003-08-14 2005-02-24 Pfizer Limited Azaquinazoline derivatives
WO2005085210A1 (en) * 2004-03-10 2005-09-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitriles and medicinal compositions containing the same as the active ingredient
WO2006002051A1 (en) * 2004-06-15 2006-01-05 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds and their use as mglur1 antagonists
WO2006028904A1 (en) * 2004-09-02 2006-03-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
WO2006062981A2 (en) * 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Abbott Laboratories Antagonists to the vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (vr1) and uses thereof
US7132427B2 (en) 2001-06-21 2006-11-07 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinazolines and uses thereof
US7189731B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2007-03-13 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted 7-azaquinazoline compounds useful as p38 kinase inhibitors
WO2007030582A2 (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Acyclic ikur inhibitors
US7196106B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2007-03-27 Merck & Co., Inc Cyanothiophene derivatives, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
WO2007072091A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. New compounds
WO2007072090A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. Thienopyridine derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
WO2007072095A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. New compounds
WO2007072094A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. New compounds
WO2007081517A2 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-07-19 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
DE102006012251A1 (en) * 2006-03-15 2007-11-08 Grünenthal GmbH Substituted 4-aminoquinazoline derivatives and their use for the preparation of medicaments
US7297700B2 (en) 2005-03-24 2007-11-20 Renovis, Inc. Bicycloheteroaryl compounds as P2X7 modulators and uses thereof
US7300932B2 (en) 2003-08-07 2007-11-27 Japan Tobacco Inc. Pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazine derivatives
JP2008513413A (en) * 2004-09-17 2008-05-01 ジャンセン ファーマシュウティカル エヌ ヴィ Novel thieno-pyridine and thieno-pyrimidine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of the MGLUR2-receptor
US7414131B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2008-08-19 Renovis, Inc. Bicycloheteroarylamine compounds as ion channel ligands and uses thereof
US7423044B2 (en) 2002-09-05 2008-09-09 Wyeth Pyrimidine derivatives useful in the treatment of insulin resistance and hyperglycemia
US7456185B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2008-11-25 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds useful as p38 kinase inhibitors
WO2008157500A1 (en) * 2007-06-17 2008-12-24 Kalypsys, Inc. Aminoquinazoline cannabinoid receptor modulators for treatment of disease
US7524852B2 (en) 2002-06-07 2009-04-28 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Bicyclic pyrimidine derivatives
US7598259B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2009-10-06 Schering Corporation mGluR1 antagonists as therapeutic agents
US7601725B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2009-10-13 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thienopyrimidines useful as Aurora kinase inhibitors
US7601713B2 (en) 2005-12-15 2009-10-13 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and their uses
US20100130499A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-05-27 Laykea Tafesse Bicycloheteroaryl compounds and their use as trpv1 ligands
WO2010059610A1 (en) * 2008-11-19 2010-05-27 Renovis, Inc. 6, 7 -dihydro- 5h- pyrrolo [3, 4-d] pyrimidin-4-yl] -quinolin-3 -ylamine compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
US7745451B2 (en) 2005-05-04 2010-06-29 Renovis, Inc. Tetrahydronaphthyridine and tetrahydropyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds and compositions thereof useful in the treatment of conditions associated with neurological and inflammatory disorders and dysfunctions
US7763731B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2010-07-27 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
WO2010089119A1 (en) 2009-02-04 2010-08-12 Recordati Ireland Limited Heterocyclic derivatives as m-glu5 antagonists
US7793137B2 (en) 2004-10-07 2010-09-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Redundant power and data in a wired data telecommunincations network
US7825244B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2010-11-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Intermediates useful in the synthesis of alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators, and related methods of synthesis
WO2011029633A1 (en) 2009-09-14 2011-03-17 Recordati Ireland Limited Heterocyclic mglu5 antagonists
US7910595B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2011-03-22 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
US7910731B2 (en) 2002-03-30 2011-03-22 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds, their use and process for preparing them
US7928107B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2011-04-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
US7943627B2 (en) 2002-03-15 2011-05-17 Novartis Ag 2,4-diaminopyrimidine derivatives
EP2345652A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2011-07-20 Abbott Laboratories Antiviral compounds
US7998949B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2011-08-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Bicyclic heterocycles, drugs containing said compounds, use thereof, and method for production thereof
WO2011106276A1 (en) * 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Task channel antagonists
WO2011109398A2 (en) 2010-03-02 2011-09-09 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods and compositions for treatment of angelman syndrome and autism spectrum disorders
WO2011150380A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Xenoport, Inc. Methods of treatment of fragile x syndrome, down's syndrome, autism and related disorders
US8071768B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2011-12-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators
WO2012004400A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Recordati Ireland Limited Novel spiroheterocyclic compounds as mglu5 antagonists
WO2012009646A1 (en) 2010-07-15 2012-01-19 Xenoport, Inc. Methods of treating fragile x syndrome, down's syndrome, autism and related disorders
US8153625B2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2012-04-10 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and medicinal use thereof
WO2012054724A1 (en) 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Methods of treating seizure disorders
US8236950B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2012-08-07 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
US8252937B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2012-08-28 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,3-disubstituted 4-(aryl-X-phenyl)-1H-pyridin-2-ones
US8283354B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2012-10-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
US8299101B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2012-10-30 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive mGluR2-receptor modulators
EP2567696A1 (en) 2006-11-22 2013-03-13 Seaside Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for treating autism spectrum disorder
US8399461B2 (en) 2006-11-10 2013-03-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Bicyclic heterocycles, medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof, and method for production of same
US8399493B2 (en) 2004-09-17 2013-03-19 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyridinone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2-receptors
US8497369B2 (en) 2008-02-07 2013-07-30 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Spirocyclic heterocycles medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof and method for their production
US8518916B2 (en) 2007-08-02 2013-08-27 Recordati Ireland Limited Heterocyclic derivatives as M-GLU5 antagonists
US8551981B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2013-10-08 Abbvie Inc. Furo[3,2-d]pyrimidine compounds
US8648191B2 (en) 2008-08-08 2014-02-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Cyclohexyloxy substituted heterocycles, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and processes for preparing them
US8685988B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2014-04-01 Acea Biosciences, Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
WO2014143583A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2014-09-18 Eli Lilly And Company Imidazo pyridine compounds
WO2014168824A1 (en) * 2013-04-12 2014-10-16 Eli Lilly And Company Dihydropyrido pyrimidine compounds as autotaxin inhibitors
JP2014208692A (en) * 2008-12-09 2014-11-06 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド Modulator of toll-like receptor
CN104903327A (en) * 2013-01-11 2015-09-09 伊莱利利公司 Pyrido- or pyrrolo-fused pyrimidine derivatives as autotaxin inhibitors for treating pain
US9464089B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2016-10-11 Acea Biosciences Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2017014323A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2017-01-26 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited 1-substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,7-naphthyridin-8-amine derivatives and their use as ep4 receptor antagonists
US9586965B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2017-03-07 Acea Biosciences Inc. Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of protein kinases
US9708315B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2017-07-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine compounds and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US9737533B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2017-08-22 Janssen Pharmaceuticals. Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of prevention of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US9868744B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2018-01-16 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine D1 ligands
JP2018525345A (en) * 2015-07-01 2018-09-06 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Substituted quinazoline compounds and their use for modulation of glucocerebrosidase activity
US10106542B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2018-10-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted 6,7-dihydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as negative allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US10533011B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2020-01-14 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pharmaceutical salts, physical forms, and compositions of pyrrolopyrimidine kinase inhibitors, and methods of making same
US10537573B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2020-01-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US10562918B2 (en) 2013-07-11 2020-02-18 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
JP2020505454A (en) * 2017-01-17 2020-02-20 リヴァプール スクール オブ トロピカル メディスン Compound
US10596174B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2020-03-24 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of protein kinases
US11071729B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2021-07-27 Addex Pharmaceuticals S.A. 1′,3′-disubstituted-4-phenyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H,1′H-[1,4′]bipyridinyl-2′-ones
US11369606B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2022-06-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US11498922B2 (en) 2017-04-07 2022-11-15 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pharmaceutical composition comprising N-(3-((2-((3-fluoro-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl phenyl)amino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)phenylacrylamide
CN115605457A (en) * 2021-04-26 2023-01-13 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社(Jp) Compound and method for producing same

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI417095B (en) 2006-03-15 2013-12-01 Janssen Pharmaceuticals Inc 1,4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mglur2-receptors
TW200845978A (en) 2007-03-07 2008-12-01 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 3-cyano-4-(4-tetrahydropyran-phenyl)-pyridin-2-one derivatives
WO2009138781A1 (en) 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Astrazeneca Ab Fumarate salt of 4- (3-chloro-2-fluoroanilino) -7-methoxy-6- { [1- (n-methylcarbamoylmethyl) piperidin- 4-yl] oxy}quinazoline
JP5547194B2 (en) 2008-09-02 2014-07-09 ジャンセン ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド. 3-Azabicyclo [3.1.0] hexyl derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
CN102232074B (en) 2008-11-28 2014-12-03 奥梅-杨森制药有限公司 Indole and benzoxazine derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
BRPI1010831A2 (en) 2009-05-12 2016-04-05 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-a] pyridine derivatives and their as positive allosteric modulators of mglur2 receptors
MY153913A (en) 2009-05-12 2015-04-15 Janssen Pharmaceuticals Inc 7-aryl-1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mglur2 receptors
ES2552879T3 (en) 2010-11-08 2015-12-02 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-Triazolo [4,3-a] pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
ES2552455T3 (en) 2010-11-08 2015-11-30 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-Triazolo [4,3-a] pyridine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
WO2012062751A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-TRIAZOLO[4,3-a]PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS POSITIVE ALLOSTERIC MODULATORS OF MGLUR2 RECEPTORS

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2393531A1 (en) * 1977-06-07 1979-01-05 Sankyo Co FUNGICIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR AGRICULTURE BASED ON 4-AMINOQUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES
EP0414386A1 (en) * 1989-07-27 1991-02-27 DowElanco Condensed pyrimidine derivates
EP0566226A1 (en) * 1992-01-20 1993-10-20 Zeneca Limited Quinazoline derivatives
EP0607439A1 (en) * 1991-09-30 1994-07-27 Eisai Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous heterocyclic compound
WO1997049689A1 (en) * 1996-06-21 1997-12-31 Pharmacia & Upjohn S.P.A. Bicyclic 4-aralkylaminopyrimidine derivatives as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
DE19904710A1 (en) * 1999-02-05 2000-08-10 Aventis Pharma Gmbh Substituted 4-amino-2-aryl-tetrahydroquinazolines, their preparation, their use and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9823845D0 (en) * 1998-11-02 1998-12-23 Lilly Co Eli Pharmaceutical compounds
SE9903290D0 (en) * 1999-09-15 1999-09-15 Astra Pharma Prod Novel compounds

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2393531A1 (en) * 1977-06-07 1979-01-05 Sankyo Co FUNGICIDE COMPOSITIONS FOR AGRICULTURE BASED ON 4-AMINOQUINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES
EP0414386A1 (en) * 1989-07-27 1991-02-27 DowElanco Condensed pyrimidine derivates
EP0607439A1 (en) * 1991-09-30 1994-07-27 Eisai Co., Ltd. Nitrogenous heterocyclic compound
EP0566226A1 (en) * 1992-01-20 1993-10-20 Zeneca Limited Quinazoline derivatives
WO1997049689A1 (en) * 1996-06-21 1997-12-31 Pharmacia & Upjohn S.P.A. Bicyclic 4-aralkylaminopyrimidine derivatives as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
DE19904710A1 (en) * 1999-02-05 2000-08-10 Aventis Pharma Gmbh Substituted 4-amino-2-aryl-tetrahydroquinazolines, their preparation, their use and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1230225A2 *

Cited By (136)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6429207B1 (en) 1997-11-21 2002-08-06 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists and their use for treating central nervous system diseases
US7053104B2 (en) 1997-11-21 2006-05-30 Nps Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists and their use for treating central nervous system diseases
US7132427B2 (en) 2001-06-21 2006-11-07 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinazolines and uses thereof
US7943627B2 (en) 2002-03-15 2011-05-17 Novartis Ag 2,4-diaminopyrimidine derivatives
US8431589B2 (en) 2002-03-15 2013-04-30 Novartis Ag 2,4-diaminopyrimidine derivatives
US7910731B2 (en) 2002-03-30 2011-03-22 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds, their use and process for preparing them
US8343982B2 (en) 2002-03-30 2013-01-01 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Bicyclic heterocyclic compounds pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds, their use and process for preparing the same
US7524852B2 (en) 2002-06-07 2009-04-28 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Bicyclic pyrimidine derivatives
US7423044B2 (en) 2002-09-05 2008-09-09 Wyeth Pyrimidine derivatives useful in the treatment of insulin resistance and hyperglycemia
WO2004029060A1 (en) * 2002-09-26 2004-04-08 Nihon Nohyaku Co., Ltd. Novel herbicides, usage thereof, novel thienopyrimidine derivatives, intermediates of the same, and process for production thereof
US7196106B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2007-03-27 Merck & Co., Inc Cyanothiophene derivatives, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US7244727B2 (en) 2002-11-22 2007-07-17 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused bicyclic nitrogen-containing heterocycles
KR100772297B1 (en) * 2002-11-22 2007-11-02 니뽄 다바코 산교 가부시키가이샤 Fused Bicyclic Nitrogen-Containing Heterocycles
WO2004047755A2 (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-10 Japan Tobacco Inc. Fused bicyclic nitrogen-containing heterocycles
WO2004047755A3 (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-11-25 Tularik Inc Fused bicyclic nitrogen-containing heterocycles
US8153625B2 (en) * 2002-12-10 2012-04-10 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and medicinal use thereof
US7189731B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2007-03-13 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted 7-azaquinazoline compounds useful as p38 kinase inhibitors
US7456185B2 (en) 2003-04-16 2008-11-25 Roche Palo Alto Llc Substituted quinazoline compounds useful as p38 kinase inhibitors
US7300932B2 (en) 2003-08-07 2007-11-27 Japan Tobacco Inc. Pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazine derivatives
WO2005016925A1 (en) * 2003-08-14 2005-02-24 Pfizer Limited Azaquinazoline derivatives
US7414131B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2008-08-19 Renovis, Inc. Bicycloheteroarylamine compounds as ion channel ligands and uses thereof
WO2005085210A1 (en) * 2004-03-10 2005-09-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitriles and medicinal compositions containing the same as the active ingredient
US7485648B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2009-02-03 Schering Corporation mGluR1 antagonists as therapeutic agents
WO2006002051A1 (en) * 2004-06-15 2006-01-05 Schering Corporation Tricyclic compounds and their use as mglur1 antagonists
US7989464B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-08-02 Schering Corporation mGluR1 antagonists as therapeutic agents
US7598259B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2009-10-06 Schering Corporation mGluR1 antagonists as therapeutic agents
US7601725B2 (en) 2004-07-16 2009-10-13 Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thienopyrimidines useful as Aurora kinase inhibitors
US7928107B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2011-04-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
US8283354B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2012-10-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
JP2008511670A (en) * 2004-09-02 2008-04-17 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
WO2006028904A1 (en) * 2004-09-02 2006-03-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
CN101068794B (en) * 2004-09-02 2012-12-19 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Quinazolines useful as modulators of ion channels
JP2008513413A (en) * 2004-09-17 2008-05-01 ジャンセン ファーマシュウティカル エヌ ヴィ Novel thieno-pyridine and thieno-pyrimidine derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of the MGLUR2-receptor
US8399493B2 (en) 2004-09-17 2013-03-19 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyridinone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2-receptors
US7793137B2 (en) 2004-10-07 2010-09-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Redundant power and data in a wired data telecommunincations network
JP2008523070A (en) * 2004-12-09 2008-07-03 アボット・ラボラトリーズ Antagonists to vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (VR1) and uses thereof
WO2006062981A2 (en) * 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Abbott Laboratories Antagonists to the vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (vr1) and uses thereof
WO2006062981A3 (en) * 2004-12-09 2007-02-22 Abbott Lab Antagonists to the vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (vr1) and uses thereof
US7297700B2 (en) 2005-03-24 2007-11-20 Renovis, Inc. Bicycloheteroaryl compounds as P2X7 modulators and uses thereof
US8859545B2 (en) 2005-05-04 2014-10-14 Evotec Ag Tetrahydronaphthyridine and tetrahydropyrido[4,3-D]pyrimidine compounds and compositions thereof useful for the treatment of inflammatory and respiratory diseases
US7745451B2 (en) 2005-05-04 2010-06-29 Renovis, Inc. Tetrahydronaphthyridine and tetrahydropyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds and compositions thereof useful in the treatment of conditions associated with neurological and inflammatory disorders and dysfunctions
US7825244B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2010-11-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Intermediates useful in the synthesis of alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators, and related methods of synthesis
US8071768B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2011-12-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Alkylquinoline and alkylquinazoline kinase modulators
US7915410B2 (en) * 2005-09-09 2011-03-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Acyclic IKur inhibitors
JP2009507849A (en) * 2005-09-09 2009-02-26 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー Acyclic IKur inhibitor
WO2007030582A2 (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Acyclic ikur inhibitors
WO2007030582A3 (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-06-14 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Acyclic ikur inhibitors
US8357809B2 (en) 2005-09-09 2013-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Acyclic IKur inhibitors
US9834568B2 (en) 2005-12-15 2017-12-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and their uses
US8053434B2 (en) 2005-12-15 2011-11-08 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and their uses
US9096542B2 (en) 2005-12-15 2015-08-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and their uses
US7601713B2 (en) 2005-12-15 2009-10-13 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and their uses
WO2007072091A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. New compounds
WO2007072095A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. New compounds
WO2007072090A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. Thienopyridine derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
WO2007072094A1 (en) * 2005-12-20 2007-06-28 Richter Gedeon Nyrt. New compounds
US8338605B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2012-12-25 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
WO2007081517A2 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-07-19 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
WO2007081517A3 (en) * 2005-12-21 2007-12-21 Abbott Lab Anti-viral compounds
EP2345652A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2011-07-20 Abbott Laboratories Antiviral compounds
US7910595B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2011-03-22 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
US7915411B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2011-03-29 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
US7763731B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2010-07-27 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
DE102006012251A1 (en) * 2006-03-15 2007-11-08 Grünenthal GmbH Substituted 4-aminoquinazoline derivatives and their use for the preparation of medicaments
US8399461B2 (en) 2006-11-10 2013-03-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Bicyclic heterocycles, medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof, and method for production of same
EP2567696A1 (en) 2006-11-22 2013-03-13 Seaside Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions for treating autism spectrum disorder
EP2578216A1 (en) 2006-11-22 2013-04-10 Seaside Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of treating fragile x syndrome
US8236950B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2012-08-07 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
US7998949B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2011-08-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Bicyclic heterocycles, drugs containing said compounds, use thereof, and method for production thereof
US8299101B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2012-10-30 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive mGluR2-receptor modulators
US9067891B2 (en) 2007-03-07 2015-06-30 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,4-disubstituted 3-cyano-pyridone derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of mGluR2-receptors
WO2008157500A1 (en) * 2007-06-17 2008-12-24 Kalypsys, Inc. Aminoquinazoline cannabinoid receptor modulators for treatment of disease
US8518916B2 (en) 2007-08-02 2013-08-27 Recordati Ireland Limited Heterocyclic derivatives as M-GLU5 antagonists
US11071729B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2021-07-27 Addex Pharmaceuticals S.A. 1′,3′-disubstituted-4-phenyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2H,1′H-[1,4′]bipyridinyl-2′-ones
US8252937B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2012-08-28 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,3-disubstituted 4-(aryl-X-phenyl)-1H-pyridin-2-ones
US8772298B2 (en) 2008-02-07 2014-07-08 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Spirocyclic heterocycles medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof and method for their production
US8497369B2 (en) 2008-02-07 2013-07-30 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Spirocyclic heterocycles medicaments containing said compounds, use thereof and method for their production
US8648191B2 (en) 2008-08-08 2014-02-11 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Cyclohexyloxy substituted heterocycles, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds and processes for preparing them
US20100130499A1 (en) * 2008-10-24 2010-05-27 Laykea Tafesse Bicycloheteroaryl compounds and their use as trpv1 ligands
WO2010059610A1 (en) * 2008-11-19 2010-05-27 Renovis, Inc. 6, 7 -dihydro- 5h- pyrrolo [3, 4-d] pyrimidin-4-yl] -quinolin-3 -ylamine compounds useful as faah modulators and uses thereof
JP2014208692A (en) * 2008-12-09 2014-11-06 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド Modulator of toll-like receptor
WO2010089119A1 (en) 2009-02-04 2010-08-12 Recordati Ireland Limited Heterocyclic derivatives as m-glu5 antagonists
US10071095B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2018-09-11 Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders
US9737533B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2017-08-22 Janssen Pharmaceuticals. Inc. 1,2,4-triazolo [4,3-A] pyridine derivatives and their use for the treatment of prevention of neurological and psychiatric disorders
WO2011029633A1 (en) 2009-09-14 2011-03-17 Recordati Ireland Limited Heterocyclic mglu5 antagonists
WO2011106276A1 (en) * 2010-02-25 2011-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Task channel antagonists
WO2011109398A2 (en) 2010-03-02 2011-09-09 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods and compositions for treatment of angelman syndrome and autism spectrum disorders
WO2011150380A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2011-12-01 Xenoport, Inc. Methods of treatment of fragile x syndrome, down's syndrome, autism and related disorders
CN103097391A (en) * 2010-07-09 2013-05-08 雷科尔达蒂爱尔兰有限公司 Novel spiroheterocyclic compounds as mGlu5 antagonists
CN103097391B (en) * 2010-07-09 2015-04-08 雷科尔达蒂爱尔兰有限公司 Novel spiroheterocyclic compounds as mGlu5 antagonists
WO2012004400A1 (en) 2010-07-09 2012-01-12 Recordati Ireland Limited Novel spiroheterocyclic compounds as mglu5 antagonists
WO2012009646A1 (en) 2010-07-15 2012-01-19 Xenoport, Inc. Methods of treating fragile x syndrome, down's syndrome, autism and related disorders
US8551981B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2013-10-08 Abbvie Inc. Furo[3,2-d]pyrimidine compounds
WO2012054724A1 (en) 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Methods of treating seizure disorders
US11612602B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2023-03-28 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
US10799504B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2020-10-13 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
US10596174B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2020-03-24 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of protein kinases
US9920074B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2018-03-20 Acea Biosciences Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9034885B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2015-05-19 Acea Biosciences Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
US9586965B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2017-03-07 Acea Biosciences Inc. Pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of protein kinases
US9464089B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2016-10-11 Acea Biosciences Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9763949B2 (en) 2012-01-13 2017-09-19 Acea Biosciences Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
US10449196B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2019-10-22 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
US11007197B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2021-05-18 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
US8685988B2 (en) 2012-08-06 2014-04-01 Acea Biosciences, Inc. EGFR modulators and uses thereof
CN104903327B (en) * 2013-01-11 2016-09-07 伊莱利利公司 For treating the pyrido-as autotaxin inhibitor or the pyrrolo--fused pyrimidine derivative of pain
KR101757997B1 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-07-13 일라이 릴리 앤드 캄파니 Pyrido- or pyrrolo-fused pyrimidine derivatives as autotaxin inhibitors for treating pain
CN104903327A (en) * 2013-01-11 2015-09-09 伊莱利利公司 Pyrido- or pyrrolo-fused pyrimidine derivatives as autotaxin inhibitors for treating pain
JP2016512254A (en) * 2013-03-12 2016-04-25 イーライ リリー アンド カンパニー Imidazopyridine compounds
WO2014143583A1 (en) * 2013-03-12 2014-09-18 Eli Lilly And Company Imidazo pyridine compounds
AU2014228355B2 (en) * 2013-03-12 2016-02-25 Eli Lilly And Company Imidazo pyridine compounds
US9394317B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2016-07-19 Eli Lilly And Company Imidazo pyridine compounds
CN105143218A (en) * 2013-03-12 2015-12-09 伊莱利利公司 Imidazo pyridine compounds
US9550774B2 (en) 2013-04-12 2017-01-24 Eli Lilly And Company Dihydropyrido pyrimidine compounds as autotaxin inhibitors
CN105102458A (en) * 2013-04-12 2015-11-25 伊莱利利公司 Dihydropyrido pyrimidine compounds as autotaxin inhibitors
JP2016516771A (en) * 2013-04-12 2016-06-09 イーライ リリー アンド カンパニー Dihydropyridopyrimidine compounds
WO2014168824A1 (en) * 2013-04-12 2014-10-16 Eli Lilly And Company Dihydropyrido pyrimidine compounds as autotaxin inhibitors
US10106542B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2018-10-23 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted 6,7-dihydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as negative allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US10584129B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2020-03-10 Janssen Pharmaceuticals Nv Substituted 6,7-dihydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines as negative allosteric modulators of mGluR2 receptors
US10562918B2 (en) 2013-07-11 2020-02-18 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9708315B2 (en) 2013-09-06 2017-07-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine compounds and their use as positive allosteric modulators of MGLUR2 receptors
US11103506B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2021-08-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US12048696B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2024-07-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US11369606B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2022-06-28 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US10537573B2 (en) 2014-01-21 2020-01-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use
US10077272B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2018-09-18 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine D1 ligands
US9868744B2 (en) 2014-04-25 2018-01-16 Pfizer Inc. Heteroaromatic compounds and their use as dopamine D1 ligands
JP2018525345A (en) * 2015-07-01 2018-09-06 ノースウェスタン ユニバーシティ Substituted quinazoline compounds and their use for modulation of glucocerebrosidase activity
US10934270B2 (en) 2015-07-01 2021-03-02 Northwestern University Substituted quinazoline compounds and uses thereof for modulating glucocerebrosidase activity
WO2017014323A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2017-01-26 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited 1-substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,7-naphthyridin-8-amine derivatives and their use as ep4 receptor antagonists
US10745397B2 (en) 2015-07-23 2020-08-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited 1-Substituted 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1,7-naphthyridin-8-amine derivatives and their use as EP4 receptor antagonists
US10533011B2 (en) 2015-10-09 2020-01-14 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pharmaceutical salts, physical forms, and compositions of pyrrolopyrimidine kinase inhibitors, and methods of making same
US11518760B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2022-12-06 Liverpool School Of Tropical Medicine Anti-Wolbachia pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds
JP2020505454A (en) * 2017-01-17 2020-02-20 リヴァプール スクール オブ トロピカル メディスン Compound
US11498922B2 (en) 2017-04-07 2022-11-15 ACEA Therapeutics, Inc. Pharmaceutical composition comprising N-(3-((2-((3-fluoro-4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl phenyl)amino)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)oxy)phenylacrylamide
CN115605457A (en) * 2021-04-26 2023-01-13 三菱瓦斯化学株式会社(Jp) Compound and method for producing same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1230225A2 (en) 2002-08-14
CO5261605A1 (en) 2003-03-31
AR026275A1 (en) 2003-02-05
AU1071301A (en) 2001-05-14
PE20010854A1 (en) 2001-08-28
SV2002000205A (en) 2002-06-07
WO2001032632A3 (en) 2001-11-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2001032632A2 (en) Pharmaceutically active 4-substituted pyrimidine derivatives
JP5198256B2 (en) Fused heterocyclic compounds, and compositions and uses thereof
CA2988896C (en) Fused-ring or tricyclic aryl pyrimidine compound used as kinase inhibitor
US7414131B2 (en) Bicycloheteroarylamine compounds as ion channel ligands and uses thereof
TWI458721B (en) Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
KR101862912B1 (en) FUSED PYRIMIDINES AS INHIBITORS OF p97 COMPLEX
KR101730933B1 (en) 5-alkynyl-pyrimidines
DE60006618T2 (en) Tetrahydrobenzo (d) azepines and their use as metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists
EP3037424B1 (en) Novel quinoline-substituted compound
US7312330B2 (en) Bicycloheteroarylamine compounds as ion channel ligands and uses thereof
EP2136639B1 (en) Pyrid-2-yl fused heterocyclic compounds, and compositions and uses thereof
SK152098A3 (en) 2,3 disubstituted 4(3h)-quinazolinones, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of treating
KR20050044599A (en) 3-cyanoquinolines as inhibitors of egf-r and her2 kinases
EP2722332B1 (en) Quinolylpyrrolopyrimidyl fused-ring compound or salt thereof
CN115697993A (en) Pyrimidines as AXL inhibitors
JP2003528880A (en) Tricyclic protein kinase inhibitors
KR20020002433A (en) Substituted 3-cyano-[1.7],[1.5], and [1.8]-naphthyridine inhibitors of tyrosine kinases
EP2876107A1 (en) Isoquinoline-5-carboxamide derivative having inhibitory activity for protein kinase
TW201605858A (en) Condensed pyrazole derivative
US20230406838A1 (en) Mutant selective egfr inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000971987

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10110893

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000971987

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2000971987

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: JP